Yamaha DTX V2 Version 2.0 Owner's Manual DTXv2E1
Yamaha Corporation DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual dtxv2e1 Yamaha Corporation - DTX Version 2.0 - Owner's Manual
Yamaha Corporation DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual dtxv2e1 Yamaha Corporation - DTX Version 2.0 - Owner's Manual
User Manual: Yamaha DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 174
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
YAMAHA DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX VERSION2.0 OWNER’S MANUAL
DRUM
TRIGGER
MODULE
DRUM TRIGGER MODULE
Version 2.0
2
TR
AL
MB
CY
1
TR
C.
MIS
GE
PA
GE
PA RASE
E
UM
DR IT
K
NG
SO
AT
BE
O
MP
TE
K
UM
DR
B
LA
C. L
FIL
MIS MBA
B
IN
CY ARE
MA
A
N
S K
IN
MA
KIC
FIL
LB
A
INT
RO
P
K
KIC
LO
SO
D
OR
CHHO TR
G
DIN
EN
C
IFT
SH
RO
INT
O
MP
TE
E
OR
ST
N
TER
PAT
T.
AN
QU ICK
E CL
R
U
F
AS T
3
OF
MEINPU
G
ON
NS
ER
TT
A
P
ES
+1/Y
O
M
YTH
RHAT TR
TM
E
AR
SN
A
L B
FIL
-1/N
Y
ILIT
UT
SS
BAP TR
A
B
L A
FIL
ICE
VO
AIN
CH
IN
HA
IT C
IN
MA
ER
GG
TRI
IN
MA
B
TE
MU E
T
MU E
T
MU E
T
MU
G
DIN
EN
ICK
CL
n2
rsio
Ve
UM
TR
I GG
ER
MO
DU
.0
LE
DR
X
MA
MIN
ICK .
CL /MISC
K
P L KIC
M
CO BA
AC /CYM
N
X I
AU
E
AR
SN
L.
VO
ER
T
S
MA
OWNER’S MANUAL
FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A)
1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!
This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly
approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product.
2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables.
Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC
authorization to use this product in the USA.
3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class "B" digital devices.
Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not
result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used
according to the instructions found in the user's manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance
with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference,
which can be determined by turning the unit "OFF" and "ON", please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures :
Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference.
Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s.
In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna.
If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable.
If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the your local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product.
If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe
Ave, Buena Park, CA 90620
The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri—Eksplosionsfare ved fejiatig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp
eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av
apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
VAROITUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennttu. Vaihda
paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
Caution
Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor to power DTX. The
use of an incompatible adaptor may pose a serious shock hazard.
SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION (USA)
This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter).
DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other
than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically
recommended by Yamaha.
WARNING: Do not place this product in a position where anyone
could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting
cords of any kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended!
IF you must use an extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25'
cord (or less) is 18 AWG. NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the
larger the current handling capacity. For longer extension cords, consult a local electrician.
This Product should be used only with the components supplied or; a
cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is
used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product.
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:
The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at
the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or
modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update
existing units.
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:
Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the
production methods used to produce them, meet these goals.
In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to
be aware of the following:
Battery Notice:
This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if
applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of
battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement.
This Product may also use "household" type batteries. Some of these
may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a
rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery
being charged.
When installing batteries, do not mix old batteries with new, or with
batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly.
Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and
battery case rupture.
This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and
headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels
that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long
periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you
should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound,
the shorter the time period before damage occurs.
Warning:
Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all
batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and
as regulated by the laws in your area.
Some Yamaha products may have benches and/or accessory mounting fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as optional
accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer assembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and
any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE
using.
Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other
uses are recommended.
NOTICE:
Service charges incurred due to lack of knowledge relating to how a
function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are
not covered by the manufacturer's warranty, and are therefore the
owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult
Disposal Notice:
Should this Product become damaged beyond repair, or for some
reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all
local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable
to assist you, Please contact Yamaha directly.
Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area
for battery disposal information.
NAME PLATE LOCATION:
The name Plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model
number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this
plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the
date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual
as a permanent record of your purchase.
your dealer before requesting service.
Model
Serial No.
Purchase Date
PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL
92-BP
Your DTX will give you years of reliable service if you follow the simple rules given below:
Location
Do not expose the instrument to the following
conditions, to avoid deformation, discoloration,
or more serious damage.
Direct sunlight, such as near a window.
High temperatures, for example, near a heat
source, outdoors, or in a car during the daytime.
Excessive humidity.
Excessive dust.
Strong vibrations.
Power Supply
Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor
(PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent) to power your
DTX. Other adaptors may cause damage to the
DTX. Also, make sure that the adaptor you have
is appropriate for the AC mains supply voltage in
the area where you intend to use the DTX.
Turn the power OFF and unplug the AC adaptor
when the instrument is not in use.
Unplug the AC adaptor during electrical storms.
Avoid plugging the AC adaptor used with the
DTX into the same AC mains outlet as appliances
with high power consumption, such as electric
heaters or ovens. Also avoid using multi-plug
adaptors since these can result in reduced sound
quality and possibly damage.
Turn off the power before making or breaking
connections.
To avoid damage to the instrument and other
devices to which it is connected (a sound system,
for example), always turn the power switches of
all related devices OFF before connecting or
disconnecting audio and MIDI cables.
Handling and Transport
Never apply excessive force to the controls,
connectors, or other parts of the instrument.
Always plug and unplug any cables by gripping
the connector, not the cord itself. Disconnect all
cables before moving the instrument.
Dropping the DTX or otherwise subjecting it to
strong physical shocks can damage it. Handle it
with care.
Electrical Interference
The DTX contains digital circuitry and may cause
interference or noise if placed too close to TV
sets, radios, or similar equipment. If such a
problem does occur, move the DTX further away
from the affected equipment.
Memory Back-up
The DTX contains a special long-life battery that
retains the contents of its internal RAM memory
even when the power is turned OFF. The backup battery should last for several years. When the
back-up battery needs to be replaced, the
message “ERR-Low battery” will momentarily
appear on the display when you turn the power
ON. When this happens, have the back-up
battery replaced by qualified Yamaha service
personnel.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE BACKUP BATTERY YOURSELF.
Transfer important data from your DTX to a
MIDI data recorder such as the Yamaha MDF2
MIDI Data Filer for safe long-term storage.
Yamaha cannot be held responsible for data loss
caused by battery failure or improper operation
of the DTX.
Service and Modification
The DTX contains no user-serviceable parts.
Opening the case and/or tampering with the
internal circuitry can lead to irreparable damage
and will void the warranty. Refer all maintenance
to qualified Yamaha service personnel.
Third-party Software
Yamaha cannot take any responsibility for
software produced for this product by third-party
manufacturers. Please direct any comments about
such software to the manufacturer or their
agents.
Yamaha is NOT responsible for damage caused by
improper handling or operation.
Cleaning
Clean the cabinet and panel with a soft dry cloth.
A slightly damp cloth may be used to remove
stubborn grime and dirt.
Do not use solvents such alcohol, benzine, or
thinner to clean the cabinet or panel.
Avoid placing vinyl objects on top of the
instrument. Vinyl can stick to and discolor the
surface.
1
INTRODUCTION
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Welcome to the Yamaha DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX—this is a COMPLETELY NEW type of drum
trigger module with Yamaha’s high quality AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system and
sequencer functions. It is equipped with the features and capability required for professional recordings,
rehearsals, and practice sessions as well as live performances.
In order to take full advantage of the DTX, please read this manual carefully and try out all of the
examples set forth. Also, always keep this manual in a safe place for further reference.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
This manual consists of 2 sections: Getting Started and Feature Reference.
Getting Started
This section describes the basic steps you need to quickly plug and play with a set up using the DTX. A
general explanation of the DTX is also available in the “Overall Structure and Modes” section (P.18) .
Feature Reference
This section describes each function in detail. You can use it as a dictionary to look up functions or
answers to your questions. The Table of Contents (P.4) or the Index (P.140) will help you look up words,
features and functions.
Page references are also made throughout this section for your quick reference.
DESCRIPTIONS
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The following icons are used throughout this manual to draw attention to important points and
information where necessary.
A—This icon indicates more detailed information of a feature or function.
C—This icon warns of possible hardware damage, software malfunction, or any other serious
problem that may occur due to improper operation or set up.
INSIDE THIS PACKAGE
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●The DTX Owner’s Manual (This book)
●Quick Guide
●Yamaha AC Power Adaptor PA-1207 or PA-3B
2
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
What is a DTX?
In addition to the conventional drum trigger functions, the DTX is a multi-function digital instrument
with an AWM 2 tone generator which is compatible with the GM standard providing high quality sounds,
rhythm machine functions with many rhythm styles, and sequencer fucntions enabling you to create an
entire song. You can use the DTX in many situations such as studio production, live performances and
rhythm practice.
○
Rhythm machine
function
Drum trigger
function
Sequencer
function
AWM2 tone
generator
The Main Features of the DTX
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
● Drum trigger functions allow you to designate detailed edits to each of the 12 input jacks for live
performances and other purposes.
● 32 practical preset drum kits as well as memory space for 32 user drum kits to assign your original set of
voices to.
● 928 high quality drum voices and an AWM tone generator (triggering up to 32 voices at one time) with
128 keyboard sounds that comply to the GM System Level 1.
● Edit functions to edit the effect, volume and pitch of each drum voice.
● Complete sequencer functions to create or record the rhythm and backing patterns of your preference
(pattern record) using a pad or a MIDI keyboard as well as to easily create an entire song using patterns or
preset styles (song record).
● Chain functions to conveniently conduct live performances and rhythm practice effectively.
● Large LCD and LED displays, transport buttons and a Data scroll wheel that makes programming faster
and easier.
● 4 volume sliders to control the volume of the entire system as well as each rhythm or accompaniment part.
● Groove checking functions to check the difference (percentage: %)in timing or “groove” feel.
● Various MIDI functions to enhance the DTX system by connecting to MIDI devices or computers.
● As a high quality drum voice module.
● To practice rhythm by playing to the patterns.
● As a rhythm machine.
● To conduct a solo live performance by creating an accompaniment in advance.
● As a 16-part GM tone generator for computer music and create or edit songs any way you want by using
the pattern or song functions.
● ...or in any other way you choose! The DTX is a talented reliable partner for all musicians.
3
Contents
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Controls and Functions ............................................................ 6
Setting Up ................................................................................. 9
Getting Started
Getting Started ........................................................................ 14
Overall Structure and Modes .................................................. 18
Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits ....................................... 18
Pattern and Song ................................................................................ 19
Triggering .......................................................................................... 20
The Modes of the DTX ....................................................................... 21
Basic Operation ....................................................................... 22
Entering a mode ................................................................................. 22
Tips on the LCD ................................................................................ 25
PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons ............................................................. 26
QCursor Buttons .................................................................. 26
Data Scroll Wheel .............................................................................. 27
+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ................................................................ 27
Transport Buttons .............................................................................. 27
Feature Reference
Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................... 30
Entering Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................ 30
Selecting a Drum Kit .......................................................................... 30
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ................................................... 32
Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode .......................................... 32
Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (Page structure and operation) .............. 33
1 Kit name ................................................................................ 35
2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................. 35
3 Auto Set ................................................................................. 36
4 PAD Gain ............................................................................... 36
6 VelRange (velocity range) ....................................................... 37
7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ....................................................... 38
8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................ 39
9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................... 39
10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) .................................................... 40
11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40
12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42
13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42
14 KeyOn .................................................................................... 43
15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44
16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44
17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ........................................................... 45
18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45
19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46
20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47
21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47
22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47
23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47
24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48
25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48
26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ....................................................... 48
27 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) ................................................... 48
28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................... 48
29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49
30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49
31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49
Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode ..................................................... 50
Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .................................................. 51
Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ................. 51
1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................ 53
2 Volume .................................................................................. 53
3 Pan ......................................................................................... 54
4 Pitch ...................................................................................... 54
5 Rev send (send reverb) ........................................................... 55
6 Modify ................................................................................... 55
7 Filter ...................................................................................... 56
8 Decay ..................................................................................... 56
9 Key mode ............................................................................... 57
10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ...................................................... 57
11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58
4
12 Out Port ................................................................................. 58
13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58
14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59
15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59
16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ........................................ 59
17 BK CH= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60
18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................ 60
19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) .................................. 61
20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61
21 Root Note ............................................................................... 62
Chain Play Mode ..................................................................... 63
Entering the Chain Play Mode ............................................................ 63
Selecting a Chain ............................................................................... 64
Switching the Steps ............................................................................ 64
Chain Edit Mode ..................................................................... 65
Entering the Chain Mode ................................................................... 65
The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ......................... 66
1 Name (chain name) .................................................................. 67
2 Chain create or revise ............................................................... 67
3 Edit recall ................................................................................. 68
Store Mode .............................................................................. 69
Entering Store Mode .......................................................................... 69
Drum Kit Store Mode .................................................................. 69
Chain Store Mode ....................................................................... 69
Storing ............................................................................................... 70
Copying the Drum Kit or Chain ......................................................... 70
Pattern Play Mode ................................................................... 71
The Concept of “pattern” ................................................................... 71
Types of Patterns ......................................................................... 71
Style ............................................................................................ 71
Section ........................................................................................ 71
User Patterns ............................................................................... 72
Entering Pattern Play Mode ................................................................ 72
Selecting a Pattern .............................................................................. 72
Playing a Pattern ................................................................................ 74
Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 75
Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 76
Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 76
Muting or Soloing Each Track ............................................................ 77
Selecting the Chords .......................................................................... 78
Pattern Record Mode .............................................................. 80
Recording .................................................................................... 80
Pattern Job Mode .................................................................... 88
Entering Pattern Job Mode ................................................................. 88
The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation) ........................ 88
1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy ................................................. 90
2 Quantize (quantization) ........................................................... 91
3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91
4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92
5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92
6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track) ................... 92
7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92
Song Play Mode ....................................................................... 93
The Concept of “song” ....................................................................... 93
Track Structure ........................................................................... 93
Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93
Backing Track ............................................................................. 93
Types of Songs ............................................................................ 93
Entering Song Play Mode ................................................................... 94
Selecting a Song ................................................................................. 94
Playing a Song .................................................................................... 95
Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 96
Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 96
Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 96
The Mute/Solo Function .................................................................... 97
Groove Check Function ..................................................................... 97
Song Record Mode .................................................................. 99
Recording .................................................................................... 99
Song Job Mode ...................................................................... 107
Entering Song Job Mode .................................................................. 107
The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation) ......................... 107
1 Copy (Song/Dest): pattern copy .......................................... 108
2 Quantize (quantization) ....................................................... 109
3 ClrTrack (clear track) ........................................................... 109
4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................ 109
5 PgmCh (select the voices of each channel) ........................... 110
6 VolCh (channel volume) ...................................................... 110
7 PanCh (channel pan) ........................................................... 110
8 PlayMode ............................................................................. 110
9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) ........................................ 111
10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111
11 SongName ............................................................................ 111
Utility Mode .......................................................................... 112
Entering Utility Mode ...................................................................... 112
The Utility Mode (page structure and operation) .............................. 112
1 SYSTEM ............................................................................... 114
2 EditMode ............................................................................. 114
3 LinkMode ............................................................................ 115
4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ........................................................ 115
5 SldrMode (slider mode) ....................................................... 116
6 Bypass .................................................................................. 116
7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) .......................................... 116
8 FC offset .............................................................................. 117
9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) ....................... 117
10 Inc Func (increase function) ................................................ 117
11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................... 117
12 MIDI .................................................................................... 117
13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................... 117
14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) ..................... 117
15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118
16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through MIDI data from channel 10) . 118
17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10) 118
18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) .................................. 118
19 LocalClt (local control) ......................................................... 118
20 DumpTime ........................................................................... 119
21 MergeOut ............................................................................. 119
22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119
23 P/C->KIT (program change table) ....................................... 120
24 EQ (equalizer) ...................................................................... 120
25Lo Mi Hi (gain) ..................................................................... 121
26 Lo Freq (low frequency) ....................................................... 121
27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121
28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ...................................................... 121
29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122
30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122
31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122
32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122
33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123
34 PlyClick (play click) ............................................................. 123
35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123
36 Count ................................................................................... 123
37 GrvCheck (groove check) ..................................................... 124
38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ................................................ 124
39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125
40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125
41 MULTI (multi-timbre) .......................................................... 126
42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126
43 Program ............................................................................... 126
44 Volume ................................................................................ 127
45 Pan ....................................................................................... 127
46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128
47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128
Appendix
MIDI ...................................................................................... 129
MIDI Data Format ............................................................................ 134
Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 136
Error Messages ................................................................................. 138
Specifications ................................................................................... 139
Index ............................................................................................... 140
Drum Voice List ............................................................................... 143
GM Keyboard Voice List .................................................................. 147
Drum Kit List ................................................................................... 148
Preset Style List ................................................................................ 165
Preset Song List ................................................................................ 165
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) ............................... 166
Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) .................................. 166
MIDI Implementation Chart ............................................................ 168
Getting Started
Feature
Reference
Drum Kit Play Mode
Drum Kit
Trigger Edit Mode
Drum Kit
Voice Edit Mode
Chain Play Mode
Chain Edit Mode
Store Mode
Pattern Play Mode
Pattern
Record Mode
Pattern Job Mode
Song Play Mode
Song Record Mode
Song Job Mode
Utility Mode
Appendix
5
Controls and Functions
Top Panel
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
DRUM KIT CHAIN
PATTERN SONG
○
○
○
TEMPO
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
BEAT
○
○
○
○
○
DRUM
KIT
○
○
○
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING
○
○
○
○
PAGE
AGE
PATTERN
STORE
○
○
○
○
○
○
PAGE
AGE
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
○
○
○
○
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
ERASE
MAIN A
MEASURE QUANT.
INPUT
CLICK
3
○
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
SOLO
CLICK
MAX
Version 2.0
MIN
MASTER VOL.
DRUM TRIGGER MODULE
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
! LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) (P.25)
The large multi-function LCD panel shows all the
prompts and parameters needed to operate the DTX
easily and efficiently.
Each screen of parameters is called a display “page.”
The various pages of each mode can be picked using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
Within a page, there is a blinking letter, word, number,
or symbol referred to as the “cursor”. A “focus area”
refers to the parameter you can adjust. Use the
Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the
focus area.
" LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display (P.31)
The large two-digit LED display shows the selected
drum kit number so you can be sure of your selection
especially during live performances with poor stage
lighting.
# MASTER Volume Slider (P.31)
This volume control slider adjusts the total volume of
sound output from the PHONES jack, the OUTPUT (L/
MONO and R) jacks.
$ AUX IN Volume Slider (P.11)
6
This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the
incoming signals of the AUX IN jack (CD player, tape
recorder, etc.)
% ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider (P.31)
This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the
accompaniment, snare drum, or cymbals of a song or
pattern.
& CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider (P.31)
This volume control adjusts the volume of the
metronome click sound, kick, or other musical
instruments.
' DRUM KIT Button (P.30)
Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Play
mode.
( CHAIN Button (P.63)
Press this button once to put the DTX into Chain mode.
Press twice this button to put the DTX into Chain Edit
mode.
) SONG Button (P.94)
Press this button once to put the DTX into Song mode.
Press twice this button to put the DTX into Song Job
mode.
* PATTERN Button (P.72)
Press this button once to put the DTX into Pattern
mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into
Pattern Job mode.
○
+ TRIGGER Button (P.32)
Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Trigger
Edit mode.
, VOICE Button (P.51)
Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Voice
Edit mode. This button also acts as an “audition” button
which allows you to listen to a voice without actually
changing it while you are editing.
- UTILITY Button (P.112)
Press this button to put the DTX into Utility mode.
. STORE Button (P.69)
Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Store
mode or Chain Store mode.
/ PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button (P.26, 73)
This button selects the previous page. In Pattern mode,
press this button while holding the SHIFT button to
select the MAIN A pattern. In recording mode, press
this button to erase data.
0 PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button (P.26, 73)
This button selects the next page. In Pattern mode,
press this button while holding the SHIFT button to
select the MAIN B pattern.
1 ‡(FILL AB) Button (P.26, 73)
This button allows you to move backward among the
focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button
while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL AB
Pattern.
2 ¶(FILL BA) Button (P.26, 73)
This button allows you to move forward among the
focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button
while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL BA
Pattern.
3 -1/NO (INTRO) Button (P.27, 73)
This button decreases the value of a parameter. In
Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT
button to select the INTRO Pattern.
4 +1/YES (ENDING) Button (P.27, 73)
9 BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button (P.77)
This button turns the Bass Track or Tempo Track of the
song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the
SHIFT button, to mute the SNARE part of the rhythm.
: RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button (P.77)
This button turns the Rhythm Track or Pattern Track of
the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding,
the SHIFT button, to mute the KICK part of the rhythm.
; CHORD CHO TR Button (P.77)
This button turns the Chord Track of the song ON or
OFF.
< SOLO Button (P.78)
Press the rhythm part buttons while holding this button
to listen to the soling of a rhythm part.
= CLICK Button (P.76)
This button turns the metronome ON or OFF.
> PAUSE Button (P.74, 95)
This button pauses the song. The song will start where
it was stopped when the button is pressed again.
? REWIND Button (P.74, 95)
This button moves the location indicator backward by a
measure. Press continuously to rapidly rewind.
@ START/STOP Button (P.74, 95)
This button starts or stops playback or recording.
A FORWARD Button (P.74, 95)
This button steps the indicator forward by a measure.
Press continuously to fast forward.
B RECORD Button (P.81)
This button switches the DTX into Record-ready (standby) mode.
C Data Scroll Wheel (P.27)
The Data Scroll Wheel allows rapid control over the
parameters of the focus area.
For fine single-step adjustments, you may want to use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons described above.
This button increases the value of a parameter. In
Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT
button to select the ENDING Pattern.
5 TEMPO Button (P.76)
This button directly selects the TEMPO focus area.
6 SHIFT Button (P.73, 77)
This button sets a secondary function, for example
selecting a section or muting part of a rhythm, by
pressing another specific button while holding this
buttn.
7 TR1 (MISC.) Button (P.77)
This button turns TR1 (Track 1) of the song ON or OFF.
Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to
mute the MISC. (other instruments) part of the rhythm.
8 TR2 (CYMBAL) Button (P.77)
This button turns TR2 (Track 2) of the song ON or OFF.
Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to
mute the CYM (cymbal) part of the rhythm.
7
Rear Panel
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
INPUT ATTENUATION
POWER
12/11
10/9 KICK
8 H.HAT
7 CRASH
DC IN 12V
R
L
R
AUX OUT
6 RIDE
5 TOM4
4 TOM3
3 TOM2
L/MONO
OUTPUT
PHONES
AUX IN
FOOT SW
! POWER Switch (P.12)
Press this button to turn the DTX ON or OFF.
" INPUT ATTENUATION Switches
These switches adjust the input level when pads of
varying output levels are connected. The input level
increases when the switch is lowered. Try this when the
volume does not respond to the pad played or when a
double-triggering occurs to one tap.
# DC IN Jack (P.12)
Connect the AC adapter (Yamaha PA-1207, PA-3B or an
equivalent) included in this package.
AThe Yamaha PA-3 CANNOT be connected.
$ 12/11 Input (P.9)
Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone
plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can
be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 11 is
available to use.
% 10/9 KICK Input (P.9)
Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone
plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can
be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 9 is
available to use.
& 1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs (P.9)
Connect stereo phone plugs to input from trigger or
switch type pads (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S). Use a
monaural phone plug for plain trigger input.
APlugging a monaural phone plug when the power is ON
may cause a reversed phase and the switch may malfunction. In
this case, turn the power OFF, reconnect the plug and turn the
power ON again.
' AUX OUT L and R Jacks
This jack is used to separately output specific sound(s)
such as the kick and snare. To assign a sound to these
output jacks, select the Output Port on the 12th page in
Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.12). To assign a
metronome click to these output jacks, set the SEQ
ClickOut on the 27th page in Utility mode (P. 58).
8
2 TOM1
1 SNARE
H.HAT
CONTRAST
CONTROL
OUT
IN
MIDI
( OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks (P.10)
Use these jacks to connect to external amplifiers or mixers
using a monaural phone plug. For monaural playback,
connect to L/MONO. For stereo playback, connect to
both L/MONO and R.
) PHONES Jack (P.9)
Connect a stereo headphone to this jack to monitor the
DTX.
* AUX IN Jack (P.11)
Use this jack to input data from an external audio device
using a miniature stereo phone plug. This is convenient
when you are playing to music from a CD or cassette
tape.
+ FOOT SW Jack (P.9)
Connect a footswitch (Yamaha FS50 or FC5) to this plug.
Select the footswitch function you want to use from the
19th FS Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.
46).
, H.HAT CONTROL Jack (P.9)
Connect the hi-hat foot controller (Yamaha HH80 or
FC7) to this plug. You can use this as a MIDI controller
by changing the parameter on the 22nd Hi-hat Control
Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. 47).
- CONTRAST Knob
This knob adjusts the contrast of the LCD.
. MIDI IN/OUT (P.9)
Use these connectors to send or receive MIDI data to or
from an external MIDI device. You can create a large
scale MIDI system by connecting the DTX to an external
MIDI tone generator or sequencer.
Setting Up
Setting Up with Pads Only
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Connect each pad to the proper DTX input jack as shown below:
(This illustration is an example of the pads, triggers and devices that can be connected to the DTX. Refer to
P.8 for the types of pads or triggers that can be connected to each input jack.)
Additional Pads
TP80,etc.
KP80,etc.
TP80,etc.
PCY80,etc.
PCY80,etc.
TP80,etc.
TP80,etc.
TP80,etc.
TP80,etc.
TP80,etc.
INPUT ATTENUATION
POWER
12/11
10/9 KICK
8 H.HAT
7 CRASH
DC IN 12V
R
L
R
AUX OUT
6 RIDE
5 TOM4
4 TOM3
3 TOM2
L/MONO
OUTPUT
PHONES
AUX IN
FOOT SW
2 TOM1
1 SNARE
H.HAT
CONTRAST
CONTROL
OUT
IN
MIDI
AC Power Adaptor
–
MIDIkeyboard,etc.
Audio output
CD Player,etc.
MIDI tone generator,etc.
FS-50,etc.
HH80,etc.
Headphones
ATo further add a pad, use a conversion cable (which separates the stereo plug to two monaural plugs) for INPUT 10/9 and 12/11 which enables
you to enter two different trigger signals. For most preset drum kits, a cupped cymbal voice is set to INPUT 10 and asuitable percussion voice for
each preset drum kit is set to INPUT 11 and 12.
To the pads
To the DTX Input 10/9 or 12/11
Two monaural plugs
Stereo plug
Conversion cable
9
Setting Up with an Acoustic Drum Set (5-piece) and 5 Pads
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
*Connect each acoustic drum piece to a drum trigger pick-up (Yamaha DT10—not included) in advance.
(P.11)
Connect each drum trigger pick-up to the proper input jack as shown below:
INPUT ATTENUATION
POWER
12/11
10/9 KICK
8 H.HAT
7 CRASH
DC IN 12V
R
L
R
AUX OUT
6 RIDE
5 TOM4
4 TOM3
3 TOM2
L/MONO
OUTPUT
PHONES
AUX IN
FOOT SW
2 TOM1
1 SNARE
H.HAT
CONTRAST
CONTROL
OUT
IN
MIDI
AC Power Adaptor
—
Headphones
Ch. 1
HH80
MIDI tone generator/keyboard
or other devices
Mixer
Amplifier
Speaker
10
MIDI keyboard or other devices
Ch. 2
Speaker
○
○
○
Using the AUX IN jack
The AUX IN jack (stereo mini jack) is located on the near panel. You can enter a sound source from a CD or cassette player
through this jack, mix it with the DTX sounds and send it out through the output jacks on the rear panel. This is convenient
when you practice a rhythm by playing to a tune or hold a band session. It is also posible to independently control the output
volume of the sound source coming in from the external device by using the AUX IN volume slider. By doing so you can
adjust the balance between the drum kits of the DTX and the external sound.
MAX
5 TOM4
4 TOM3
3 TOM2
PHONES
AUX IN
FOOT SW
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
AUX IN jack
Mounting the Drum Trigger Series DT
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Bass Drum
Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the bass drum close to, yet not touching the edge of
the rim.
" Snare
Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the snare close to, yet not touching the edge of the
rim across the player.
# Toms
Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the shell, close to, yet not touching the rim. Place the triggers away
from the influence of other drums (snare or toms), hi-hat, and cowbells.
Sticky tape
Sticky tape
CBe sure to connect the audio devices before turning all the related devices ON.
11
Removing the Drum Triggers
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
When changing the batterhead, carefully remove the trigger sensor with a sharp object before loosening the
head. Take care not to pull the cord when you are removing the trigger.
ATTENTION
Make sure the surface of the batterhead or the shell where the trigger is mounted is free from dirt or grind. Clean the surface
with alcohol in advance.
To prevent broken trigger cords caused by the vibration of the drum rim, cover and fix the triggers and cords onto the
batterhead with sticky tape.
Irregular vibration and sustained resonance on the batterhead or the shell may cause double-triggering. This can be prevented
by applying a mute (such as the Yamaha Ring Mute) to the batterhead and controlling the excessive vibration.
Once you have removed the drum trigger and want to mount it again, be sure to completely remove the used sticky tape and
apply new sticky tape. Using used sticky tape may cause bad pick-up response or double-triggering.
The Power Supply
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Make sure the POWER switch is OFF and connect the power adaptor (included) to the DC IN jack on the
rear panel of the DTX, then plug the adaptor into a convenient wall AC outlet.
INPUT ATTENUATION
POWER
12/11
10/9 KICK
DC IN 12V
R
AUX OUT
Wall AC outlet
AC power adaptor
CBe sure to use PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent included in this kit. Using an improper power adaptor may cause irreparable damage to the
DTX, and might pose a serious shock hazard. Also, unplug the power adaptor from the electric outlet when the DTX is not in use for long periods of
time.
" Make sure all the devices such as the pads, external devices, or audio systems are connected correctly and
turn the POWER switch on the rear panel of the DTX, ON. When the power is turned on, the DTX
analyses the connections and optimizes the settings.
POWER
CTo avoid speaker damage, make it a rule to turn the power on in the order of 1) the DTX, 2) mixers and amplifiers, 3) audio devices. When
turning the system off, simply reverse the process.
12
CHAPTER
1
Getting Started
This chapter describes the basic operations of the DTX.
Use this to get an overall image of the DTX and master the basic uses.
Getting Started ....................................................................................................... (P.14)
Overall Structure and Modes ................................................................................. (P.18)
Basic Operation ...................................................................................................... (P.22)
Getting Started
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Getting Started
E
M
M
TRIG GE
Choose a Drum Kit and Start Playing!
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Your Yamaha DTX contains 928 drum and percussion sounds. Drum
and percussion sounds make up a drum kit (drum voice) and the drum
kits are categorized by musical style. There are 64 drum kits: 32
preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits which enable you to enjoy
performances of various musical styles just by selecting a kit. You can
create your own drum kit (user drum kit) from scratch. (P.32)
AThe LCD illustrations in this manual are just examples used for the purpose of
explanation. The display is subject to change depending on the operation, mode, settings or
usage.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
!
Turn the power ON.
Select a drum kit.
Press the Q cursor buttons
and move the cursor to the drum kit
number.
POWER
" Enter
Drum Kit Play mode
by pressing the DRUM KIT
button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
DRUM KIT
Acoustkt
14
#
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select
the drum kit you want to use.
BEAT
Acoustkt
SONG
MEASURE
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A The drum kit number is also
displayed on the LED. No. 1 to No. 32
are the user drum kits, and No. 33 to
No. 64 are the preset drum kits. The
user drum kits No. 1 to No. 32 contain
readily usable drumsounds.
○
○
○
Getting Started
○
○
○
DRUM
KIT
○
○
○
TRIGGER
○
○
○
○
○
PAGE
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
○
○
○
○
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
CHAIN
○
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
○
○
○
○
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
SOLO
&
Play to the Click
(
Press the CLICK button to start the
metronome. Press the CLICK button
again to stop the metronome.
CLICK
Change the Volume of the
Click
Use the CLICK volume slider to adjust
the volume of the metronome click.
CLICK
MAX
MIN
'
$
Change the Tempo of the
Click
Press the TEMPO button to move the
cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. Rotate
the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the
click tempo between [=30 to 299.
Play the pads
PAGE
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
A You can also adjust the beat or
quantization by moving the cursor to the
BEAT or CLICK focus area and using
the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and
-1/NO buttons.
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
%
Adjust the volume
Use the MASTER Volume Slider to
adjust the volume of the entire drum
kit.
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
Acoustic
MAX
SONG
MEASURE
CLICK
CityDogs
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
15
Getting Started
Play to a Pattern!
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Your Yamaha DTX features rhythm machine functions containing 660
preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns. One
pattern consists of rhythm part, bass part and chord part. Each preset
style contains 6 sections (MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,
and ENDING).
Try out the various patterns.
! Enter
Pattern Play mode.
#
Press the PATTERN button to enter
Pattern Play mode.
DRUM KIT
TEMPO
Start to play the pattern.
Press the START/STOP button to play
a pattern. You can play the pads to
the pattern.
BEAT
Acoustic
CLICK
MAX
PATTERN
MEASURE
CLICK
RP Hop
A It is possible to change to
another style or pattern while a pattern
or style is playing.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
MAIN A
$
A The Drum Kit Play mode and the
Pattern Play mode will appear on the
same display.
"
Select a style or pattern.
Adjust the tempo.
Press the TEMPO button to move the
cursor to TEMPO on the LCD.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to
change the tempo of the pattern
between a range of [ =30 to 299.
After making sure the cursor is located
on the style or pattern number, rotate
the Data Scroll Wheel to select a style
or pattern number.
DRUM KIT
TEMPO
PAGE
BEAT
GM jazz
PATTERN
MEASURE
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
CLICK
RP Candy
MAX
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
BEAT
GM jazz
MAIN A
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
CMaj7 _ _
A The style or pattern number
focus area is automatically selected and
blinks when you enter Pattern Play
mode.
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
A Each style has a default tempo
value. Therefore, even if you change
the tempo, once you stop playing and
select a different style, the tempo will
return to the default value of the newly
selected style. However, when you
select a different style in the middle of a
pattern playback, the tempo will not
change.
16
Adjust the volume of the
pattern.
Use the MASTER volume slider to
adjust the volume of the entire
system. Also, use the ACCOMP
volume slider to adjust the volume of
the accompaniment of the pattern.
This is convenient when you want to
listen only to the rhythm.
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
%
○
○
○
○
Getting Started
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
' Mute
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
PAGE
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
TTERN
STORE
PAGE
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
each part.
CLICK
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
○
○
○
○
○
○
sections.
Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB,
FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons
while holding the SHIFT button to
change the sections of the currently
selected style. The name of the
section currently playing is displayed
on the bottom level of the LCD.
PAGE
PAGE
SOLO
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
+
Mute each rhythm track.
The rhythm part consists of KICK,
SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other
instruments) tracks. You can mute
each track. Press the SNARE, KICK,
CYMBAL, or MISC. button while
holding SHIFT to mute each track.
Use this to practice a particular part
such as the snare or kick part by
muting the part and substitute it by
playing the snare or kick pad by
yourself. The LCD will hide the
“Data” indicators of the muted track
and “MUTE” will appear on the right
side of the rhythm track. To cancel,
press the same button while holding
SHIFT.
PAGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
ENDING
SHIFT
PAGE
ERASE
INTRO
ENDING
INTRO
ENDING
INTRO
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
TEMPO
+
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
each part.
TR1
TR2
TR1
TR2
CYMBAL
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
SOLO
+
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
SOLO
While holding
the SOLO button ...
AThe DTX is factory preset to
automatically switch the drum kit to its
most appropriate pattern each time the
pattern is changed. To keep the drum
kit from switching to its preset pattern,
turn the PC function of the RecvCh 10
PC in Utility Mode off.
SOLO
While holding
the SHIFT button ...
While holding
the SHIFT button ...
DRUM KIT
PAGE
AGE
○
MISC.
CHO TR
& Switch
○
You can play each part of the rhythm
solely and mute the other parts in one
step. This is convenient when you
want to audition each rhythm part or
voice. Play each rhythm part solely by
pressing the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL,
or MISC. button while holding SOLO.
To cancel the solo function, press the
SOLO button again.
CHORD
(
○
) Soloing
Press and turn off the BASS, CHORD,
or RHYTHM button individually to
mute each part. You can mute parts
which are not necessary when you
practice. To cancel the mute, press
the same button again. The LED
above each button will light up when
the part is ON.
SOLO
○
BEAT
GM jazz
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
CMaj7 _ _
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
FILL AB
AEach style contains 6 sections
which have a variety of usage. Refer to
P.71for details.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MUTE
FILL AB
AThe lower part of the LCD
displays the data indicators of each
rhythm track in a 16-beat format. Refer
to P.19, 77 for details.
17
Getting Started
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Overall Structure and Modes
E
M
M
TRIG GE
The following describes how the DTX works in detail.
Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Your DTX has a total of 928 drum voices (drum and percussion sounds). These drum and percussion sounds
are categorized and called “drum kits.” Drum kits consist of drum voices which are stored in correspondense
to MIDI note numbers (P.41) There are 29 user drum kits and 32 preset drum kits which are frequently used,
each categorized by music style. You can assign drum and percussion sounds to register 32 user drum kits.
Each drum and percussion sound can be edited in many ways such as changing the pitch, adding a reverb,
etc. You can use the chain function to set drum kits in the order of your preference and play them back in
this order. This function is useful for live performances.
Your DTX also contains 128 normal keyboard voices. These voices are used to add bass or chord parts to the
DTX rhythm pattern. It is also possible to play a melody or obbligato by changing a part (MIDI channel).
The tone generator section complies to the GM standard level 1 and can be used to play back the
commercially available Standard MIDI Files by an external sequencer.
MIDI note numbers
13 to 84
928 drum voices
Preset drum kits (33 to 64)
Kick
MIDI file playback
Cymbal
User drum kits (1 to 32)
Hi-hat
Tone generator
Parts and Voices
MIDI
channel
1
1
2 Melody
2
and
others
3
3
4
4
5
5
Chord
6
6
7 Bass
7
8 Melody
8
and
others
9
9
10 Drum (rhythm)
10
11
11
12
12
13 Melody
13
and others
14
14
15
15
16
16
Part
Snare
Drum Kit Voice Edit
128 normal keyboard voices
Pattern or song
Bass part
Piano
Organ
Guitar
18
Drum Kit
Trigger Edit
Chord part
Melody part
Voices
to use
Keyboard
voice
Drum voice
Keyboard
voice
Getting Started
Pattern and Song
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
A “pattern” consists of a rhythm track containing various drum voices and a backing track containing the
chords and bass line which accompanies the rhythm. The rhythm pattern is displayed on the LCD in 4 parts:
KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) enabling you to visually check the rhythm structure.
LCD display
Pattern
Rhythm pattern
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC. (other instruments)
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
+
Backing pattern
Chord
Bass
Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) with matching preset backings. 100 original
user patterns can be created and stored within the DTX. In the same manner as the drum kit, the patterns
can also be played back in a specified order using the chain function.
These patterns arranged in a specific order and combind with suitable chord progression create a “song”.
Chords can be established by combining each root note with 25 chord types.
A maximum of 30 original songs can be created using preset or user patterns. You can also actualy play a
melody, obligato or drum part and store it as a song.
It is also possible to play a drum kit to a particular pattern or song.
660 preset patterns
110 styles
×
6 sections
INTRO
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA ENDING
100 user patterns
Store
Song
Style or
pattern
Chord
progression
Pattern
1
Pattern
2
Pattern
3
Pattern
4
C
F
G
C
Recording of the actual playing of a melody, obbligato or drum
19
Getting Started
Creating a Song
You can create a song on the DTX by following the steps below:
! Audition the preset patterns in a preset style and find the pattern of your preference (P.71).
" If you do not find a pattern of your preference, create your original pattern in the order of drum, bass, and
chord and store it as a user pattern (P.80).
# Place the pattern and chord on the backing track of the song in the order according to the structure of the
song (P.99). It is also possible to enter the tempo changes.
$ Audit the backing track and record the necessary brass refrains, string obligatos, and melody to the
sequence track (TR 1 or TR2) (P.105).
% To complete the song, adjust the tones, volume balance and pan position of each part.
Triggering
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The term “triggering” refers to drive a tone generated from the DTX. The DTX is designed to produce a
trigger signal when a pad or a drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX is hit. By assigning up to 5
types of voices of your preference you can produce them at one time by triggering a single signal from a drum
pad. This can be used to perform various effects.
DTX
Tone
generator
20
Getting Started
Modes of the DTX
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Modes refer to functions which are grouped for efficient operation. The following 8 types of modes are
available.
Drum Kit Play mode (P.30): To select and
play a drum kit.
Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.32): To edit
trigger input levels such as sensitivity.
Chain Play mode (P.63): To play a preset
chain (drum kits or patterns set in a specific
order).
Chain Edit mode (P.65): To create or edit a
chain.
Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50): To edit
various drum and percussion sound settings.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
Song Play mode (P.93): To select and play a
song.
Song Record mode (P.99): To record a song.
Song Job mode (P.107): To edit a song.
Utility mode (P.112): To change the settings
of the entire system such as MIDI, reverb,
equalizer, sequencer and multi-timbre tone
generators.
Pattern Play mode (P.71): To select and play
a pattern.
Pattern Record mode (P.80): To record a
pattern.
Pattern Job mode (P.88): To edit a pattern.
Store mode (P.69): To store the drum kit or
chain settings.
21
Getting Started
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Basic Operation
E
M
M
TRIG GE
The following describes the basic operation.
Entering a mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the button of a mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
TTERN
STORE
■ Drum Kit Play mode: Press the DRUM KIT button.
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
GM std 1
■ Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode: Press the TRIGGER button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Kit Name
GM std 1
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Drum Kit Voice Edit mode: Press the VOICE button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
VCE P 52
P SurdoM
PATTERN
22
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
TEMPO
BEAT
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Getting Started
■ Chain Play mode: Press the CHAIN button.
TEMPO
CHAIN
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
BEAT
Chain 1
■ Chain Edit mode: Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once while in Chain Play
mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Name
=
Chain 1
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Pattern Play mode: Press the PATTERN button.
TEMPO
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
MEASURE
BEAT
CLICK
RP Hop
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
■ Pattern Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.80 for
details.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
PATTERN
REC Mode
MEASURE QUANT.
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Pattern Job mode: To enter this mode, press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button
once while in Pattern Play mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Copy Pat
PATTERN
RP Hop
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
23
Getting Started
■ Song Play mode: Press the SONG button.
TEMPO
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
MEASURE
SONG
BEAT
CLICK
CityDogs
SONG
PATTERN
UTILITY
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Song Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Song Play mode. Refer to P.99 for details.
TEMPO
BEAT
STEP REC
MEASURE QUANT.
SONG
REC Mode
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Song Job mode: Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
CopySong
SONG
CityDogs
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Utility mode: Press the UTILITY button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
UTILITY
[SYSTEM]
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
■ Store mode: Press the STORE button while in Drum Kit Play, Trigger Edit or Voice Edit mode to enter
Drum Kit Store mode.
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Store DK
to
PATTERN
24
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
1
Getting Started
Press the STORE button while in Chain Play mode, Chain mode or Edit mode to enter Chain Store mode.
CHAIN
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Store CH
to
PATTERN
Tips on the LCD
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
○
○
○
○
1
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Drum Kit Play mode and Chain Play mode share a common display focus area as shown in the
illustration. The currently selected mode name is displayed on top of the focus area.
Mode
Drum kit or chain name
DRUM KIT CHAIN
TEMPO
BEAT
Drum kit or chain
number
PATTERN SONG
MEASURE QUANT.
INPUT
CLICK
OFF
3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING
The Pattern Play mode and Song Play mode also share the common display focus area.
Style or song name
PATTERN SONG
Mode
MEASURE
CLICK
Style or song
number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Two Play modes can be displayed on the LCD at one time. For example, the Drum Kit Play mode or Chain
Play mode can be displayed at the same time with either the Pattern Play mode or Song Play mode. Other
modes are displayed one at a time.
Drum Kit Play mode display
Example 1
Chain Play mode display
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
PATTERN
BEAT
Example 2
CHAIN
MEASURE QUANT.
INPUT
CLICK
SONG
OFF
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING
Pattern Play mode display
BEAT
MEASURE QUANT.
INPUT
CLICK
OFF
3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
TEMPO
3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING
Song Play mode display
25
Getting Started
PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
All modes except Play mode and Store mode have multiple display pages. Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄
buttons to select the page. For example, in Chain Edit mode, each time you press the PAGE¡ button the
previous page is selected and each time you press the PAGE⁄ button the next page is selected.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
Name
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
=
Chain 1
=DrumKit
num=
1
Edit
recall ?
A You can also turn the display pages back and forth rotating the Data Scroll Wheel while holding the SHIFT button.
QCursor Buttons
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Q cursor buttons allow you to move the cursor (the blinking character or symbol) to each focus
area on the LCD and the parameters.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
SONG
MEASURE
BEAT
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons in Play mode to move up and down the display between the modes (e.g.
Drum Kit mode and Pattern mode).
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
26
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
SONG
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MEASURE
BEAT
CLICK
Getting Started
Data Scroll Wheel
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Data Scroll Wheel is used to rapidly change the value of the focus area. Use this to select a drum kit
number or pattern number, or to change the value of various settings.
+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The +1/YES and -1/NO buttons change the parameter of the focus area. Use these buttons for fine single-step
selections or adjustments. The parameter will continue to change if you continue to press one of these
buttons. This buttons are also used to answer the “yes/no” question when you are storing data on the DTX.
PAGE
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
Transport Buttons
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The START/STOP button controls the playback of a pattern or song. The RECORD button puts the DTX into
Record-ready mode. The CLICK button is used to switch the metronome ON and OFF. Refer to P.74, 76,
81, for details.
CLICK
Initializing Process
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Problems due to program conflict may occur when internal settings have been changed while you are using
the DTX. It is possible to initialize your DTX if you need to set all of the settings back to factory preset
conditions in one procedure for this reason or other.
COnce the initialization is executed, the factory preset settings will replace the current contents. Please take precautions to avoid losing your
important data. It is also recommended to store the settings you need to save in advance to external devices such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer
(MDF2). (See P.199)
The following changes will occur when the initialization is executed.
● The contents of the preset drum kit will be copied to the user drum kit.
● All of the chain data will be deleted.
● All of user songs and user patterns will be deleted.
● All of the parameter values that can be changed will be set to their standard values.
Turn the power switch on while holding the DRUMKIT, PAGE ¡, and PAGE ⁄ buttons all at the same time.
27
Getting Started
28
CHAPTER
2
Feature Reference
This chapter describes the functions of each mode.
Use this as a dictionary to look up items or the details and
get to know the various ways to use a function.
Drum Kit Play mode ............................................................................................. (P.30)
Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ................................................................................ (P.32)
Drum Kit Voice Edit mode ................................................................................... (P.50)
Chain Play mode .................................................................................................. (P.63)
Chain Edit mode .................................................................................................. (P.65)
Store mode ........................................................................................................... (P.69)
Pattern Play mode ................................................................................................ (P.71)
Pattern Record mode ............................................................................................ (P.80)
Pattern Job mode .................................................................................................. (P.88)
Song Play mode .................................................................................................... (P.93)
Song Record mode ................................................................................................ (P.99)
Song Job mode ...................................................................................................... (P.107)
Utility mode ......................................................................................................... (P.112)
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Drum Kit Play Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This mode enables you to play the DTX drum voices from connected pads and triggers. You can choose
from 64 drum kits.
Entering Drum Kit Play Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the DRUM KIT button.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
BEAT
Acoustic
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
AThe Drum Kit Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).
Selecting a Drum Kit
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Use the Q cursor buttons to select the drum kit number.
Drum kit number
PAGE
PAGE
DRUM KIT
MAIN B
PATTERN
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
BEAT
Acoustic
ERASE
MAIN A
Drum kit name
MEASURE
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A The drum kit number is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Drum Kit Play mode.
30
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to choose the drum kit number you want to use. The drum kit number is
also displayed on the LED.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
Rock 1
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AYou can also change the drum kit number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
Drum Kit Numbers
User drum kit: 1 to 32
Preset drum kit: 33 to 64
Adjusting the Volume
Use the MASTER volume slider to control the volume of the entire drum kit.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Individually Adjusting the Volume of Snare and Kick
The volume of the snare and kick can be adjusted independently from other voices.
Move the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding
SHIFT to adjust the volume of the SNARE voice or KICK voice separately from other voices. This is very
handy at live performances where you can directly control the volume of SNARE, KICK.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
MAX
MAIN B
SHIFT
+
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
AThese volume sliders are originally programmed to function as volume adjustment sliders for an accompaniment part of a pattern (ACCOMP) or
metronome click (CLICK) when the SHIFT button is not pressed. You can change the slider assignment between ACCOMP and SNARE, CLICK and
KICK by changing the parameters in Slider Mode on the 5th page (P.116) in Utility mode. This enables you to use these volume sliders to directly
control the volume of the SNARE and KICK.
AWhen playing the pads to a pattern or song, you can balance the volume of the drum voices you are triggering with the pads and the pattern or
song, as well as adjust the volume of each part of the accompaniment or rhythm independently. Refer to P.75 for details.
31
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This mode contains various settings to adjust the sensitivity or velocity of the inputs from pads and
triggers or assigning drum and percussion sounds to each pad (input).
You can create a new drum kit from scratch or by modifying preset drum kits or existing user drum kits.
These new drum kits can be stored in the user drum kit area (No. 1 to 32).
A No. 1 to 29 include drum kits entered in advance. To edit the drum kit for these numbers, it is recommended to copy a user kit between No. 30
to 32 and use it at a later stage. If you have written over No. 1 to 29 , turn the power on while holding down the DRUM KIT, PAGE up and PAGE down
keys at the same time to reset it to its original factory settings. When you do so, all the data will be erased. Save the data you have edited to an
external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 before you reset.
A You cannot edit a preset drum kit. The changes made to the preset drum kit are temporary. If you want to keep the edited data, select a user
drum kit and save the changes to the user drum kit.
A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.166) to memo the editing contents of the user drum kit.
Editing Procedures
! Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode.
" Enter Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.
# Name the drum kit if necessary.
$ Turn the page and set the necessary parameters.
AIt is necessary to choose the input jack number (between 1 and 12) before setting the parameter on the 2nd to 18th and 26th pages in this
mode.
% Enter Store mode to store the drum kit to any one of the user drum kit numbers 1 through 32.
Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the TRIGGER button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Kit Name
GM std 1
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode before entering this mode. The LED display will show the drum kit number you
have chosen even after you have entered Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.
AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the
last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See P.116 for details
regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter.
32
○
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Drum Kit Trigger Edit modes consists of 31 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger
modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”, some of the pages
which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to "advance" to display all 31 pages.
AThe following page shows the list of the 28 display pages. The display pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility
mode is set to “easy”.
Function name
Page number
Kit Name
Parameter
GM std 1
Input level
Output MIDI
velocity
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Hi-hat control
Level
! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
AJump some of the display pages by pressing the DRUM KIT or TRIGGER button while holding SHIFT.
" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.
# Select the input jack number for each of the input numbers 1 to 12. It is necessary to choose the input
jack number before changing the parameters for the 2nd through 18th and the 30th pages. As a short cut,
set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”. The input jack number will automatically
be selected by playing a pad connected to the appropriate input (P.115).
$ Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
A In this mode, the input level and the output velocity of the pad you play will appear next to the MISC. and CYMBAL, respectively, as a kind of
VU meter. The Hi-hat control level will also appear on the kick bar chart. This is convenient in editing the sensitivity or velocity.
A Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate
that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain
mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using
the Recall function (P.49).
Indicates you have not saved
the edited settings.
33
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
Functions of Each Display Page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ..................................................................................... (P.35)
2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................................................. (P.35)
3 Auto Set .................................................................................................................. (P.36)
4 PAD Gain ................................................................................................................ (P.36)
5 LevelRng (level range) ............................................................................................ (P.37)
6 VelRange (velocity range)....................................................................................... (P.37)
7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ....................................................................................... (P.38)
8 Self Rej (self rejection) ........................................................................................... (P.39)
9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................................................... (P.39)
10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................................................... (P.40)
11 Note= (note numbers 1 to 5) .................................................................................. (P.40)
*12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................................................... (P.42)
*13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................................................ (P.42)
*14 Key On .................................................................................................................... (P.43)
*15 velXFade (velocity cross fade) ................................................................................ (P.44)
*16 RIMKeyOn .............................................................................................................. (P.44)
*17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................................................... (P.45)
*18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................................................... (P.45)
*19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................................................ (P.46)
*20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................................................... (P.47)
*21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................. (P.47)
*22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................................................... (P.47)
*23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................................................... (P.47)
*24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ....................................................................... (P.48)
25 HH Ctrl (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................... (P.48)
*26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10) ....................................................................................... (P.48)
*27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12) ................................................................................... (P.48)
28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................................................... (P.48)
29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................................................ (P.49)
30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................................................... (P.49)
*31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ..................................................... (P.49)
A The "26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)" and "27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System
Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.
34
○
○
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
1 Kit Name (drum kit name)
2 PAD Type
Use up to 8 letters to name your original user
drum kit.
! Use the Q cursor buttons to go to the
first letter of the drum kit name and choose the
necessary alphabet, number, or symbol by
rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons.
" Move to the right and choose the necessary letter.
# Repeat steps ! and " above and name your
drum kit using a maximum of 8 letters.
Kit Name
Set the type of the pad or drum connected to
each input jack. To ensure stable performance,
be sure to select the proper pad type. Pad1 has
the quickest response and kick2 has the longest
response.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
input jack number.
As a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th
page in Utility mode to ALWAYS. The input
jack number will automatically change to the
connected input jack by playing a pad,
(P.115).
" Move the cursor to the PAD TYPE parameter
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the pad
type that suits the pad or drum connected to
the input jack number.
GM std 1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the proper pad
type for each input jack number.
The available letters to choose from are:
(Space)
PAD Type
INPUT
=
pad2
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters are available for input
numbers 1 to 12.
pad1/pad2: Select this when you have connected an
optional pad. Choose the response time for each
connected pad. Pad2 responds faster than pad1.
snare: Select this when you have connected the
Yamaha DT10 to a snare.
hi tom: Select this when you have connected the
Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a hi tom (smaller tom).
lo tom: Select this when you have connected the
Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a low tom (larger tom).
kick1/kick2: Select this when you have connected the
Yamaha DT 10 to the kick (bass drum). Kick2
responds faster than kick1.DT10 and DT20 are drum
trigger sensors. Refer to P.11.
35
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
4 PAD Gain
3 Auto Set
This automatically sets the input gain
(sensitivity) of each input jack number.
A The appropriate input gains are preset as a setting
example so that you can start to play without any input
adjustment. However, you are required to adjust the input gain
for each pad either here or in the next PAD gain section for your
own drum settings.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum, then select the
input gain.
" Move the cursor to the focus area and press
the +1/YES button. The display will change
to “HIT2ff”.
This manually sets the input gain (sensitivity) of
each input jack number.
! Move the cursor to INPUT and rotate the
Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons to choose the input jack
number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum, then select the
input gain.
" Move the cursor to the gain focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the Gain. Play
the pad or drum connected to the selected
input jack number hard (ff=fortissimo) and
adjust the Gain level to approximately 90%
of the Input level.
# Repeat steps ! and " and set the input
Gain for each input jack number.
Auto Set
PAD Gain
INPUT
=
Off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Slowly beat the pad or drum connected to
the input jack hard (ff=fortissimo) twice.
The first beat changes the display to HIT1 ff
and the second beat changes the display to
“Off” quitting the automatic setting.
# Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the input
gain for each input jack number.
INPUT
=32(00%)
Gain
Input level
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
BThe input gain can be set faster and more efficiently if
you use the Auto Set first to automatically set the levels and
then make fine adjustments here.
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Gain: 0 to 63.
AThe Input level display here is operated differently from
other displays and cannot be set by moving the cursor to the
focus area. Set the Input level by following step 2 above.
36
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
5 LevelRng (level range)
6 VelRange (velocity range)
Set the Maximum and Minimum input levels of
each input jack number. The levels are
determined in proportion to the value set here.
A Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation
between input level and velocity.
! Move the cursor to INPUT and Rotate the
Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons to choose the input jack
number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Maximum or
Minimum level focus area and rotate the
Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons to set the level.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum
and Minimum levels for each input jack
number.
Set the Maximum and Minimum velocity of
each input jack number. This responds to the
maximum and minimum input levels set on the
5th page and delivers each sound within the
velocity range set in this step.
A Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation
between input level and velocity.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Minimum Velocity or
Maximum Velocity focus areas and rotate the
Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons to set the velocity.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum
and Minimum Velocity levels for each input
jack number.
LevelRng
INPUT
Minimum
level
Maximum
level
VelRange
10%to99%
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
ANo sound will be produced if the input signal is below
the minimum level. If the input signal is above the maximum
level, the sound produced will be at the maximum velocity set
on the Velocity Range display page (the 6th page of this
mode).
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Minimum level: 0 to 98
Maximum level: 1 to 99
INPUT
Minimum
velocity
Maximum
velocity
32to127
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Minimum velocity: 1 to 126
Maximum velocity: 2 to 127
37
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
7 VelCurve (velocity curve)
VelCurve: loud 1
Velocity
Set the velocity curve for each input jack
number. This velocity curve defines the relation
between the level range set on the 5th page and
the velocity range set on the 6th page.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Velocity Curve focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
type.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Velocity
Curve of each input jack number.
VelCurve
Input level
VelCurve: loud 2
Velocity
Input level
Relationship between input level and velocity.
Case 1
This figure shows that the velocity will be output at
an input level range of 12% to 99%. The velocity
value is 001 when the input level is 12% and 127
when the input level is 99%. (In this case, the
velocity range is 1 to 127.)
Velocity
INPUT
= normal
127
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following velocity curves can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
VelCurve: normal
Velocity
001
12%
99%
Input level
Case 2
This figure shows that the velocity range is set
between 064 and 127, and the velocity triggers at
an input level of 50% to 99%. The velocity value
is 064 when the input level is 50% and 127 when
the input level is 99%. No sound will be produced
when the input level is between 0% and 49%.
Velocity
Input level
127
VelCurve: hard 1
Velocity
064
001
50%
Input level
VelCurve: hard 2
Velocity
38
Input level
0∼49%
No sound
99%
Input level
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
8 Self Rej (self rejection)
This function prevents double triggering. When
2 sounds have been played at the same time, the
second sounds will be automatically muted for a
certain length of time. The larger the value the
longer the time. Set the length for each input
jack number.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the 8 Self Rej (self
rejection) focus area and rotate the Data
Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the level.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the time length
for each input jack number.
9 Reject (rejection)
This function prevents cross talk (mixed
sounds) and double triggering among the pads
or drums connected to other input jacks. When
a sound is triggered shortly after another, the
voice will not be delivered if the input level is
lower than the level set here. Set the level for
each input jack number.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the 9 Reject (rejection)
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set
the level.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the level for
each input jack number.
Self Rej
Reject
INPUT
=
0
INPUT
=
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
0 (self rejection function disabled) to 9
0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input jack
numbers 1 to 12.
0 (rejection function disabled) to 9
39
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
11 Note= (note numbers settings)
10 Spec Rej (specific rejection)
This function prevents cross talk (mixed
sounds) among the pads or drums connected to
specific input jacks. When a sound is triggered
shortly after a specific sound, the sound will not
be delivered if the level is lower than the level
set here. Set the level for each input jack
number.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the specific input focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
input jack number.
# Move the cursor to the level focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.
$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to select and set
the level of each input jack number.
Spec Rej
INPUT
Specific input
focus area
Level focus area
from 1=0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers
1 to 12.
Specific input: 1 to 12
0 (rejection function disabled) to 9
This function assigns note numbers to each
input. You can assign up to 7 MIDI note
numbers to each input jack. When a trigger
signal is sent to the input jack, the MIDI note
number assigned to that input jack is sent to the
internal tone generator, which delivers the
sound assigned to that number. This enables
you to play 1 pad and deliver multiple (up to 5)
drum sounds. The order of the 5 drum sounds
to sound can be designated.
By setting the Key On Mode (P.43), the sounds
can be delivered simultaneously, or one by one.
This feature can be applied to a wide range of
ideas and enhance the efficiency of your
performance.
The MIDI note number can also be transmitted
from the MIDI OUT jack on the rear panel of
the DTX to an external device. This means you
can play a pad and control an external MIDI
tone generator or sequencer.
Various drum and percussion sounds can be
assigned to each note number in Drum Kit
Voice Edit mode (P.50). Refer to P.41 for
further information on note numbers.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack
number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to
automatically select the input jack number by
hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Note=*** focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the parameter (type)
from the 5 numbers (1st to 5th), mut (mute), and
rim for a MIDI note number.
ASelect mut (mute) when designating the note number for
the sound delivered when the pad is played while holding down
the pad rim switch. The other 5 sounds will be muted when the
pad is played while holding down the rim switch.
ASelect rim to set the note number of the sound delivered
when the rim is played.
Awhen or an input number is assigned to a hi-hat
controller (the default setting is input 8), the focus area will
display the following 5 parameters.
Opn: Delivered when the pad is played with the hi-hat opened
Cls: Hi-hat closed
FCl: Foot closed
FOp: Foot opened
rim: Pad rim is held
40
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
# Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
select the note number of the drum voice.
A Assign a MIDI note number the drum voice to in Drum
Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50).
AThe right side of the MIDI note number focus area shows
the note name. The MIDI note number corresponds to each
key on the keyboard. You can move the cursor to each focus
area and set the note number using the note name. This is
convenient when you are planning to play a scale on an
external tone generator.
The relationship between note numbers and names.
MIDI defines the note “C” in the center of the keyboard as note
number 60. Yamaha defines the note by putting a number that
symbolizes the octave, and the “C” in the center of the
keyboard is regarded as “C3”.
MIDI 0
note
number
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
127
ASkip (skp) can be selected when the Key On Mode
on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P.43) is set to
"alter" or "alterMN." This enables you to skip the notes set
in Skip (skp) when you are playing each sound in
sequence by playing the pads.
$ Repeat steps " and # to assign the other
MIDI note numbers and select the parameter
(type). After you have completed setting the
MIDI note numbers, go to step ! and set
the parameters for the MIDI note numbers of
the other input numbers.
Using chord names to set the MIDI note number
Press the CHORD button while holding SHIFT to
display the 31th page or SetChord (chord settings).
This display is used to set the chords played by
hitting a pad. By selecting a chord from the 12
roots and 25 types available, a MIDI note number
representing the chord is automatically set to one
of the 1st to 4th notes.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack
number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to
automatically select the input jack number by
hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the ROOT focus area of the
CHORD and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or
use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose
the ROOT type.
# Repeat steps ! and " and set the CHORD for
each INPUT number.
$ To go back to the first page of this mode (the
note number settings on the 11th page), press
the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
SetChord
INPUT
CMaj7
Root
Type
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Note
Note=1st
INPUT
MIDI note
number
Note name
= 36 C 1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1
to 12.
Note:1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls,
FCl, FOp, rim)
MIDI note number: off, 13 to 84.
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input
numbers 1 to 12.
Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B
Type: Maj7, Maj, 6th, M7(11), Maj9, add9,
min, min6, min7, m7(a5), mM7, min9, m
add9, 7th, 7(G5), 7(a9), 7th9, 7(G9), 7G(11),
7(a13), 7(13), 7sus4, sus4, dim, aug
ARefer to the chord type list on P.79 for details of
each chord.
41
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
12 Note= (gate time)
13 Note= (MIDI channel)
Sets the gate time (length) of the pad you play.
The gate time applies to 5 note numbers at one
time and can be set for each input jack number.
As for input 8 (hi-hat) or an input number
assigned to a hi-hat controller, you can set a
different gate time to ; Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and
rim.
Sets the 1st to 5th MIDI transmitting channels
to the MIDI note number of each input jack
number. You can set an external device to
trigger a keyboard (normal) voice using the
DTX internal tone generator if you have the
input jack number set to a MIDI note number
that triggers a chord or bass voice in the DTX.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Note focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st
note. The gate time for all 5 notes are set
just by selecting the 1st note.
" Move the cursor to the Note focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select 1st to 5th
mut (mute) to a MIDI channel.
AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is
selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from
Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim. Refer to 12 Note=(gate time)for
details.
AIf you select a note other than the 1st, the gate time
focus area will display “--” and you will not be able to set the
gate time.
AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is
selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from
Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim.
# Move the cursor to the Channel focus area
and set the MIDI channels.
AWhen the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On
screen (P.43) is set to anything besides "hold," you can set
different gate times to each of the five notes.
Opn ..............
Cls ................
FCl ...............
FOP ..............
ATo select the same MIDI channel for all 5 notes, first set
the MIDI channel for the 1st note, then select MIDI channel 1
and repeat this procedure for the rest of the notes. This will
indicate that you will be using the same channel as the 1st.
Settings simular to an open hi-hat sound.
Settings simular to a close hi-hat sound.
Settings simular to a closeing hi-hat sound.
Settings simular to an opening hi-hat sound.
AYou can also trigger a keyboard voice by designating a
MIDI channel (other than 10 for the drum voice).
ASelect bas or cho for inputs which trigger a bass or
chord. This indicates that you will be using the same MIDI
channel as a BASS track and CHORD track used to play a
pattern or song, and the keyboard voices to be triggered.
When you have chosen bas or cho, the 1st to 5th note numbers
will change according to the chord progression of the pattern
or song.
# Move the cursor to the Gate Time focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the gate
time.
$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the Gate
Time for each input jack number.
$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the MIDI
channel for each input jack number.
Note=1st
Note
Note=1st
INPUT
Note
INPUT
GT= 3.0s
Gate time
42
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim or (Opn, Cls,
FCl, FOp)
Gate time: off, 0.0 to 10.0 seconds (settings by 1/10
seconds).
Chan= 10
MIDI channel
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls,
FCl, FOp)
MIDI channels: 1 to 16, cho, bas
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
14 Key On
Sets the key on mode for each input.
The Key on mode defines how multiple notes
(up to of 5) which are set to each INPUT
number should be triggered. There are 5 key
on modes which enable you to trigger all notes
at the same time or in a specific order. This
function is convenient when you want to layer
multiple voices or produce an effect using the
keyboard voice.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the key on
mode for each input jack number.
Key On
INPUT
= stack
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
Key on mode: stack, alter, stackMN, alterMN, hold
" Move the cursor to the Key on mode focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
key on mode from the following:
stack ............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes (P.40)
simultaneously.
alter .............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes one by one
each time the pad is played.
stackMN ....... Triggers the 1st to 5th notes
simultaneously, but truncates the
preceding sound when the pad is played.
alterMN ........ Alternately triggers the 1st to 5th notes in
order, but truncates the preceding sound
when the pad is played.
hold .............. Triggers and maintains the 1st to 5th notes
simultaneously when the pad is played
once, and stops when the pad is played
again.
AWhen the pad is played while holding the Rim Switch
(Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S pads) note set by mut (mute) is
enabled and the 1st to 5th notes are disabled. Therefore the
trigger types of stack and alter, stackMN and alterMN become
the same.
ABy using the stackMN or alterMN function you can save
memory space by excluding overlapping voices when
recording to an external sequencer.
43
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade)
16 RIMKeyOn
This function sets the velocity cross-fade for
each input jack number on or off.
When several MIDI note numbers are assigned
on the 11th Note Number page and this
function is on, the softer you play the pad, the
1st note is louder and the last note the smallest.
The same applies to the opposite action: the
harder you play the pad, the last note is louder
and the first note the smallest.
Case of 1∼5th
Output velocity
This function sets the rim key on mode to
define how the voice is triggered when the rim
of the pad is played. The “single” mode is used
for the usual rim shot voice and the Hold mode
is used to maintain the sound.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
120
5th
" Move the cursor to the mode focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select the rim key
on mode from the following 2 modes:
100
4th
80
3rd
60
2nd
40
single ............ Normal triggering of a rim shot
20
0
1st
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Input level
AThis function applies only when the key on mode on the
14th page is set to stack, stackMN, or hold.
AThis function is valid only when more than 2 MIDI note
numbers are assigned to note numbers 1 to 5 on the 11th
display page.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the VelXFadefocus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the
function “on”or “off”.
INPUT
off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
VelXFade: on, off
44
withPad ........ When the rim is hit, the sound set to the
Rim and the sound set to the pad will play
at the same time.
# Repeat steps ! and " for each input jack
number.
RIMKeyOn
INPUT
= single
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 8.
RIM Key On mode: single, hold, withPad
VelXFade
=
hold .............. The first shot maintains the voice and the
second shot stops the voice.
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity)
This function sets the velocity of the trigger
when the rim of the pad is played. There are 2
types of settings: one where the velocity is
always the same level, and the other where the
velocity changes according to the impact of the
attack.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Velocity focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
velocity. The settings vary as follows:
mute Hi ....... The velocity changes according to the strength of
the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the
pad velocity, the velocity is automatically
calculated based on the level range, velocity range
and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th
display pages. The difference
between“variabl”described below is that pad will
be muted if the DTX receives a trigger lower than
the minimum level set for level range on the 5th
display page. This is convenient when you are
using cymbal pads.
mute Lo ....... The setting is simular to “mute Hi” above, but
enables you to set the velocity at a lower level Use
“mute Hi” when you are using the mute more
than the rim, and “mute Lo” when you are
playing the rim more than using the mute.
variabl ......... The velocity changes according to the strength of
the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the
pad velocity, the velocity is automatically
calculated based on the level range, velocity range
and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th
display pages.
18 PAD Func (pad function)
This function sets the function of each pad
connected to INPUT. Besides acting as a regular
drum pad, various pad functions are available.
For example, in Chain mode, you can move a
chain step forward or backward, start or stop a
pattern or song, or assign the pad to act as a
switch for other types of functions.
! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
input jack number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the parameter and rotate
the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and
-1/NO buttons to select the function. The
following functions are available:
normal .......... The regular setting which triggers the MIDI
signal when the pad is played.
click .............. Turns the click ON or OFF.
inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum
Kit mode or step in Chain mode.
dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in
Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.
bypass .......... Cuts the voices of all other pads except the
one selected, ON or OFF.
strtStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.
pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.
do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.
MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.
fix1 to fix127 ..... The velocity set here remains the same regardless
of the strength of the attack on the rim. The
mute function cannot be used if values are set to
this function. The voice trigger is faster
compared to mute Hi and mute Lo.
MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the velocity of
each input jack number.
INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.
FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.
FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.
ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.
RIM Vel
INPUT
=mute Hi
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 8.
Rim Vel mode: mute Hi, mute Lo, variabl, fix1 to
fix127.
45
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
# Repeat steps ! and " to set each input jack
number.
PAD Func
INPUT
= normal
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
19 FS Func (FS function)
This sets the function of the footswitch
connected to the FOOT SW jack on the rear
panel. Different assignments can be made for
each drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the function focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the
function of the footswitch.
HH ctrl ......... Hi-hat controller (switches between open
and closed).
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for input numbers
1 to 12.
normal, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill,
MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,
ENDING
click .............. Switches the click sound ON or OFF.
inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum
Kit mode or step in Chain mode.
dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in
Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.
bypass .......... Truncates the voices of all other pads
except the one selected when ON.
statStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.
pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.
do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.
MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.
MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.
FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.
FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.
INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.
ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.
MIDI ............. Outputs the MIDI Channel Messages
(control change messages).
FS Func
=HH ctrl
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
HH ctrl, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill,
MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,
ENDING, MIDI
46
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel)
You can choose this page only when the
function on the 19th page (FS Func display)
is set to MIDI.
Move the cursor to the MIDI Channel focus area
and Control Change number focus area, and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI channel
and control change number, respectively.
22 FC Func (hi-hat control function)
This sets the function of the Foot Controller
connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the
rear panel. Different assignments can be made
to each drum kit.
Choose the function by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The following 2 functions are available.
HH ctrl ......... Functions as a hi-hat and a MIDI channel
message transmitting controller
(continuous).
FS MIDI
Ch10C 1
MIDI channel
Control change
number
MIDI ............. Functions only as a MIDI Channel Message
transmitting controller (continuous).
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
FC Func
=HH ctrl
Settings:
MIDI Channel: 1 to 16.
Control Change number: C1 to C121.
21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control)
You can choose this page only when the
function on the 19th page (FS Func display)
is set to HH ctrl.
Set the MIDI velocity output when the
footswitch is closing the hi-hat (or you are
stepping on the footswitch) when you use the
footswitch as a hi-hat controller.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the velocity.
FS HHcls
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
HH ctrl, MIDI
23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel)
This sets the MIDI channel and type of the
MIDI messages to be transmitted using the foot
controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL
jack on the rear panel.
Move the cursor to the MIDI channel focus area
and type focus area of the MIDI Channel and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons to select the channel and type,
respectively.
Vel= 85
FC MIDI
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Ch10C 4
MIDI channel
Type
Settings:
1 to 127
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
MIDI Channel: 1 to 16
Types: C1 to C119 (control change numbers 1 to
119), A/T (after touch), PBup (pitch bend up), PBdw
(pitch bend down).
47
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity)
This adjusts the sensitivity of the foot controller
connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the
rear panel.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the sensitivity. The
larger the value, the more sensitive the response
of the internal tone generator.
FC Sens
=
8
28 Copy INP (copy input)
This copies the input data settings of any
drumkit input currently being edited to another
drumkit input number. This is convenient in
creating similar input settings.
! Move the cursor to the Input Copy Source
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the (source) input jack number
between 1 to 12.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the (source) input
jack number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Drum Kit Copy
Destination focus area and rotate the Data
Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to select the drum kit (destination)
input jack number.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
1 to 16
Copy INP
25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control)
This sets the input level to execute the hi-hat
effect using the foot switch or foot controller
only when the function on the 19th page (FS
function display) or the 22nd page (hi-hat
control function display) is set to HH ctrl (hihat control).
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the input level.
HH Ctrl
INPUT
Drum kit copy
destination
Input copy source
toD 2I 1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Drum kit copy destination: D1 to D32, --(current
drum kit)
Input copy source: 1 to 12
# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
input= 8
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Copy INP
INPUT
Sure?y/n
Settings:
INPUT number: 1 to 12
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
48
$ Press the +1/YES button to copy. “complete”
will flash on the LCD momentarily and the
display will return to the original display.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel.
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode
29 Copy TRG (copy trigger)
This copies the trigger data of the drum kit
currently edited to another drum kit. This is
convenient in creating similar drum kits.
! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the user
drum kit (1 to 32) to copy.
Copy TRG
to
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
30 Edit (edit recall)
While you are editing the drum kit, if you go to
Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode and select
other drum kits, the edited settings will return
to the default settings. However, the edited data
is still stored in the edit buffer. By using this
Edit Recall function, you can recall the data
stored in the edit buffer and continue to edit.
This function is convenient in comparing the
edited data with the original data.
AThis function is also effective in editing the voice in Drum
Kit Voice Edit mode.
! Choose the following Edit Recall display
after choosing another drum kit in Drum Kit
Play mode or Chain mode, and back to the
drum kit you have edited.
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
Edit
recall ?
Copy TRG
Sure?y/n
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the +1/YES button to execute the paste.
“complete” will flash on the LCD
momentarily and the display will return to
the original display.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel.
Recall
Sure?y/n
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit
Recall . “complete” will flash on the LCD
momentarily and the display will return to
the Edit Recall display.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel.
31 SetChord= (setting the note number by
chord)
Refer to P.41 above.
49
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
X
MO
R
YA
AHA DRU
D UL
E
DT
M
M
TRIG GE
Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
This mode helps you create your own drum kit by assigning various voices (drum and percussion sounds)
to the note numbers. Choose different settings, change the volume and pitch, or add a reverb effect to
each voice to complete your own drum kit. The following illustrates the relation between drum kit, MIDI
note numbers, drum voices, and parameters.
Drum kit
INPUT 1∼12
MIDI
note number
13 to 84
15 16
19 21 23
75 76
79 81 83
13 15 17 18 20 22 24
73 75 77 78 80 82 84
Filter
Decay
Drum voice or
keyboard voice
Edit parameter
Reverb
AYou can create different voices for each note number of each drum kit by changing the parameters of the same drum voice.
AA blank chart is provided at the end of this Manual (P.167) to memo the editing contents you have created.
AWhen you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk “ ✽” will appear on the right side of the
letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD.
Editing Procedures
! Select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode.
" Enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.
# Turn to the necessary pages and change the contents to your requirement.
$ Enter Store mode to store your drum kit to user number 1 to 32.
50
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the VOICE button
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
VCE P 52
P SurdoM
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
PATTERN
AFirst select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. The LED will display the drum kit number currently selected when you have
entered Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.
AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the
page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See
P.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)”
Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Drum Kit Voice Edit mode consists of 21 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger
modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”, some of the pages
which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to “advance” to display all 21 pages (P.114).
AThe following is a list of the 21 pages. The pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to “easy”.
Volume
Page number
Function name
=
Parameter
110
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.
# Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
ADepending on the voice you use, the sound may not stop when the Key Off parameter (P.58) is set to “disable.” In such a case, press the
SHIFT button and the VOICE button at the same time and force the sound to stop.
AAs a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”. Just by hitting a pad, the input jack number will change to the
input connected (P.115).
APress the VOICE button to audition a voice when the DTX is in Edit mode.
AOnce you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate
that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit.
The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return
back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the recall function (P.49).
Indicates you have not
saved the edited settings.
51
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
Functions of Each Display Page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................................................ (P.53)
2 Volume ................................................................................................................... (P.53)
3 Pan .......................................................................................................................... (P.54)
4 Pitch ....................................................................................................................... (P.54)
5 Rev Send (send reverb) .......................................................................................... (P.55)
6 Modify .................................................................................................................... (P.55)
7 Filter ....................................................................................................................... (P.56)
8 Decay ...................................................................................................................... (P.56)
*9 Key Mode ............................................................................................................... (P.57)
10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................................................... (P.57)
11 Key Off ................................................................................................................... (P.58)
*12 Out Port .................................................................................................................. (P.58)
13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................................................... (P.58)
14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................................................... (P.59)
15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................................................... (P.59)
*16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................................................... (P.59)
*17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................................................... (P.60)
*18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ........................................................... (P.60)
*19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................................................. (P.61)
*20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................................................... (P.61)
*21 Root Note ............................................................................................................... (P.62)
52
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
1 VCE (voice)
2 Volume
This assigns a drum voice (drum or percussion
sound) to each MIDI note number. Each voice
is grouped by category for easy handling as
follows:
K ...................
S ...................
T ...................
C ...................
P ...................
E ...................
k ...................
s ....................
b ...................
H ...................
Kick
Snare
Tom
Cymbal
Percussion
Effect
Keyboard
Strings
Bass
Hi-hat
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the desired note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the group focus area or
voice number focus area and rotate the Data
Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the parameter. You can also
select by moving the cursor to the voice
name focus area and rotate the Data Scroll
Wheel or press the +1/YES or -1/NO
buttons. Check and audition the voice by
pressing the VOICE button.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the voice for
each note number.
This adjusts the volume of each voice assigned
to each MIDI note number. You can change the
balance among the voices in the drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Volume focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to adjust the
volume. Press the VOICE button to audition
the volume.
! Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume
for each note number.
Volume
Volume
MIDI note
number
=
110
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameter can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
Volume: 0 to 127
Group
VCE P 52
Voice number
P SurdoM
Voice name
MIDI note
number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following group and voice numbers can be
selected for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.
Group and voice number: off, K1 to 119: Kick, S1 to
250: Snare, T1 to 176: Tom, C1 to 105: Cymbal, P1 to
103: Percussion, E1 to 115: Effect, k1 to 21: Keyboard,
s1 to 8: Strings, b1 to 19: Bass., H1 to 12: (additional
hi-hat in V2) , Voice name: BD DRY1 to Sy Bass 3H
Refer to P.143 “Drum Voice List” for details on voice
name and voice number.
A When you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks)
to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk “ ✻” will appear on
the right side of the letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD.
53
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
3 Pan
4 Pitch
This sets the Pan (stereo pan position of the
sound) for each voice assigned to each MIDI
note number. This defines pan position of the
voice between the left and right.
This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to
each MIDI note number. Tune the pitch either
by semitone or by approximately 1.2 cent
increments or decrements.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the number by hitting
each pad or drum.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Pan focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the pan
position. Press the VOICE button to
audition the position of the sound.
" Move the cursor to the Coarse Tune focus
area or Fine Tune focus area and rotate the
Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons to set the tuning. Press the
VOICE button to audition the sound.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the panning for
each note number.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch for
each note number.
Fine tune
Pan
Pitch
Pan
MIDI note
number
=
R2
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following pan positioning can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
L7 (=far left) to center (=center) to R7 (=far right)
54
Coarse tune
C+ 2F 0
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
C (coarse tune)[unit=semitone]: -64 to 0 (normal
pitch) to +63
F (fine tune)[unit= ca. 1.2]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch)
to +63
•1 cent=1/100th of a semitone
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
5 Rev send (send reverb)
6 Modify
This sets the Reverb Send level for each voice
assigned to each MIDI note number. Set the
level here to adjust the amount of reverb.
AThe actual reverb send level will be determined by
multipling the value set here and the Reverb Send level set in
the MULTI items (MIDI Channel 10) in Utility mode.
This sets the Modify level for each voice
assigned to each MIDI note number. The
Modify level defines the volume balance
between the 2 waves that make the voice. You
can change the quality of the voice by setting
the Modify level.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Reverb Send level
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set
the level. The larger the value, the larger the
send level. Press the VOICE button to
audition the sound.
" Move the cursor to the Modify level focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
MIDI note number and audition to confirm
the voice by pressing the VOICE button.
By setting the Modify level to a plus level,
the volume of one of the waves will increase.
When the Modify level is set to a minus
level, the volume of the other wave pattern
will increase. The volume of both wave
patterns will be the same when the level is
“0”.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Reverb
Send level for each note number.
Rev Send
Reverb send level
MIDI note number
=
0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
Rev Send: 0 to 127
ASince the wave patterns and volume change differ for
each voice, you may not notice a difference in the change for
some voices. For voices which Modify function is inactive , the
Modfy focus area shows “--”.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Modify
level for each note number.
Modify
Modify level
=
---
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameter can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
-64 to 0 (even volume balance) to +63
55
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
7 Filter
8 Decay
This sets the Filter of each voice assigned to
each MIDI note number. The filter affects the
sound by passing a specific frequency
bandwidth and eliminating the others. The
filter you set will sharpen or muffle the sound.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Filter focus area and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the filter.
Press the VOICE button to audition the
sound. The Filter function is a low-pass type
which eliminates the bandwidth higher than
the cut-off point.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the filter for
each note number.
This sets the decay of each voice assigned to
each MIDI note number. The decay function
controls the fading of a voice wave pattern. You
can increase or decrease the fading effect of a
voice. For example, increase the decay value if
you want to extend the lingering sound of a
cymbal.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
and select the MIDI note number using the
Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the input jack number
by hitting each pad or drum connected to
the DTX.
" Move the cursor to the Decay focus area and
set the decay by using the Data Scroll Wheel
or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Press the
VOICE button the audition the sound. The
fading effect is longer when the value (either
negative or positive) is increased.
# Repeat steps ! and " and set the decay for
each note number.
Filter
Filter
=
Decay
0
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Decay
=
0
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
-64 to 0 (standard) to +63
56
Settings:
The following parameter can be set for MIDI note
numbers 13 to 84.
-64 to 0 (standard) to +63
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
9 Key mode
10 AlterGrp (alternate group)
This sets the Key mode to the voices assigned to
each MIDI note number. This mode defines the
sound output rules when the same voices are
used.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Key mode focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select one of
the following modes:
poly .............. There are no limits to the number of voices
delivered at once.
semi(2) ......... Up to 2 voices for this note number can be
produced at one time. When a 3rd voice is
triggered, this function truncates one of the
first 2 voices and delivers the 3rd voice.
mono ............ One voice can be delivered at one time.
When a 2nd voice is triggered, this
function truncates the first voice and
delivers the 2nd voice.
hi mono ........ Truncates the previous voice and produces
only one voice at a time. However, the
note number selected in this mode
overrules the other voices. For example,
the note number selected here will not be
truncated even if the number of voices
produced at one time exceeds the
maximum number of 32 voices.
AWhen a voice with a long release such as the cymbal is
set to “mono”, 2 hits with short intervals may cause an unnatural
feel since the first sound is abruptly truncated.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Key mode
for each note number.
This sets the Alternate Group for each voice
assigned to each MIDI note number. The
Alternate Group is a group of voices which
should not be delivered at the same time. For
example, by assigning an open hi-hat with a
closed hi-hat in the same Alternate Group, the
open hi-hat sound will be canceled once the
closed hi-hat sound is delivered. This will help
you create a more realistic feel featuring acoustic
drum-like actions.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Alternate Group
number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll
Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons
to set the numbers.
AA voice assigned in the same Alternate Group is always
dominated by the following voice and only one voice will be
delivered at a time.
AlterGrp
Alternate group
MIDI note number
=
3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
number 13 to 84.
off, 1 to 127
Key Mode
Key mode
=
poly
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
number 13 to 84.
poly, semi(2), mono, hi mono
57
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
11 Key Off
12 Out Port
When a voice with a long release is in use,
sometimes a MIDI note off signal may cut the
sound in an unnatural way. To prevent that, set
this mode so that the DTX does not receive
MIDI note off signals. Set the MIDI note off
settings for each voice assigned to each MIDI
note number.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Key Off focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
Key Off
Key off
=disable
This sets the output of each voice assigned to
each MIDI note number either to the main
output or auxiliary output. This is convenient
when you want to output specific voice(s) to an
external mixing device.
! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
choose the MIDI note number.
You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)
to automatically select the MIDI note
number by hitting each pad or drum.
" Move the cursor to the Out Port focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the focus
area.
Normally select “main” and the voices are
delivered through the OUTPUT jack on the
rear panel. Choose aux (auxiliary) to output
a specific voice such as SNARE or KICK
separately, and the voices will be delivered
through the AUX OUT jacks on the rear
panel.
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Out Port
Out port
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
number 13 to 84.
disable (will not receive MIDI note), enable (will
receive MIDI note)
ASome sounds may have an extremely long release when
the Key Off functionis disabled. In such case, press the VOICE
button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.
=
main
MIDI note number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following parameters can be set for MIDI note
number 13 to 84.
main, aux
13 REV Rtn (reverb return)
This sets the Reverb Return Level. By setting the
level, you can adjust the reverb effect of the
entire DTX system. The level can be set for each
drum kit.
Set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel
or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
REV Rtn
LVL= 127
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
58
Settings:
0 to 127
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
14 REV Type (reverb type)
Various reverbs from hall to room are available
to add dimension to the voice. The Reverb
Type can be set for each drum kit.
Assign one of the reverb types by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons. The following reverb types are
available:
none ..............
hall 1 ............
hall 2 ............
room 1 ..........
room 2 ..........
room 3 ..........
stage 1 ..........
stage 2 ..........
plate .............
white ............
tunnel ...........
No effect (dry sound).
Small hall.
Large hall.
Small room.
Large room.
Room with a high ceiling.
Large stage.
Small stage.
Steel plate reverb.
A special short reverb effect.
A reverb effect similar to playing in a
tunnel.
canyon .......... A fantastic reverb effect similar to playing
in a canyon.
basemnt ........ A reverb effect similar to playing in the
basement with short reflection.
REV Type
= hall 1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
none, hall 1, hall 2, room 1, room 2, room 3, stage 1,
stage 2, plate, white, tunnel, canyon, basemnt
(basement)
15 REV Time (reverb time)
This determines the reverb length for each
drum kit.
Set the time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel
or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The
larger the value, the longer the reverb time.
REV Time
=
18
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
0 to 69
16 PC Ch= (transmit program change)
This sets the MIDI program change number to
be transmitted when the drum kit is changed.
You can specify different program change
numbers to channels 1 to 16. For example,
change the drum kit on the DTX to an external
synthesizer by selecting the voices on an
external tone generator. This can be set for each
drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the Program Change
Transmission Channel focus area and select
the transmission channel by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons.
" Move the cursor to the PC= (program
change) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll
Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons
to set the program change number.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the program
change for each of the 16 channels.
Program change transmission channel
PC Ch= 1
PC= off
Program
change
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Program change transmission channel: 1 to 16.
Program change: off, 1 to 128.
59
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select)
This selects the bank (MIDI Control Change) to
be transmitted when the drum kit is changed.
You can set the bank individually to channels 1
through 16. By switching the DTX drum kit,
you can change the bank of an external tone
generator voice. By using this with the MIDI
Program Change function mentioned above,
you can effectively choose from many sounds
available in the tone generator. This can be set
for each drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the Bank Select
Transmission Channel focus area and rotate
the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and
-1/NO buttons to select the transmission
channel.
" Move the cursor to Bank Select MSB focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
MSB.
18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume)
This sets the volume of the MIDI control change
sent when the drum kit is switched. It is
possible to set the volume value for each of the
channels 1 to 16. For example, by switching
the drum kit of the DTX, you can set the
volume of a voice of an external synthesizer to a
specific value. These parameters can be set for
each drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the Control Change
Transmission Channel and select the
Transmission channel using the Data Scroll
Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
" Move the cursor to the Volume focus area
and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel
or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
# Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume
for each of the 16 channels.
Control change transmission channel
# Move the cursor to Bank Select LSB focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
LSB.
$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the bank
select for each of the 16 channels.
CC Ch= 1
Vol= off
Volume
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Bank select transmission channel
BK Ch= 1
Bank select MSB
M 0L 0
Bank select LSB
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Bank Select Transmission Channel: 1 to 16
Bank Select MSB: 0 to 127
Bank Select LSB: 0 to 127
60
Settings:
Control change Send channel: 1 to 16
Volume: off, 0 to 127
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan)
This sets the pan position (of a stereo image) of
the MIDI control change sent when the drum
kit is switched. It is possible to set the volume
value for each of the channels 1 to 16. For
example, by switching the drum kit of the DTX,
you can set the pan position of a voice of an
external synthesizer to a specific value. These
parameters can be set for each drum kit.
! Move the cursor to the Control Change
Transmission Channel and select the
transmission channel using the Data Scroll
Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
" Move the cursor to the Pan and set the value
using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons.
# Repeat steps ! and " and set the pan
position for each of the 16 channels.
Control change transmission channel
CC Ch= 1
Pan= off
Pan
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16
Pan: off, 0 (far left in a stereo image) to 127 (far right
in a stereo image)
20 CC Ch= (transmit control change)
This sets the type (control change number) and
value of the MIDI control change data
transmitted when a drum kit is switched. It is
possible to set control change numbers
individually to each of the channels 1 to 16.
For example, by switching a drum kit, you can
set the sound parameters of external
synthesizers connected to the DTX. The data
can be set for each drum kit.
AAlso refer to P.131 for further details regarding control
change data.
! Move the cursor to the Control Change
Transmission Channel focus area and select
the transmission channel by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and
-1/NO buttons.
" Move the cursor to the control change
number and select the number by rotating
the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons. This step selects the
type of control change data to transmit.
# Move the cursor to the data focus area and
set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons.
$ Repeat steps ! to # to set the control
change numbers and data parameters for
each of the 16 channels.
Control change transmission channel
CC Ch= 1
Control
Change
Number
C 0=off
Data
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16
Control change number: 0 to 119
Data: off, 0 to 127
61
Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode
21 RootNote
This determines the minimum value of the
MIDI note number of the voice. The DTX has a
keyboard range of 71 keys and the default
settings assign MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.
For example, by changing the minimum value
from 13 to 10, the valid note numbers become
10 to 81. This setting is possible for each drum
kit.
Set the Root note by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
RootNote
=
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
0 to 56
62
13
Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Chain Play Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
Chains are used to organize the drum kits (or patterns) in a user-programmed order, making it quick and
easy to select the drum kit (or patterns) you need.
For example, you can use the chain function to quickly change your drum kit configuration according to
the line-up of tunes at a live performance, or practice the rhythm of a specific line of patterns. A
maximum of 16 chains can be set.
AIf you want to use the Chain function, you are required to build the chains in Chain Edit mode.
Step 1
Step 2
Drum kit
1
Chain 1
Pattern
1
Chain 2
Entering the Chain Play Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Step 32
Drum kit
10
Pattern
10
Drum kit
3
Chain 16
Step 3
Drum kit
5
Pattern
20
Pattern
50
○
○
○
○
○
END
○
END
END
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the CHAIN button.
CHAIN
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
TEMPO
BEAT
Chain 1
SONG
MEASURE
CLICK
CityDogs
SONG
PATTERN
UTILITY
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AThe Chain Play mode display is configured in the same way as Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).
Press the PATTERN button and enter Pattern Play mode to use a chain of patterns.
63
Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode
Selecting a Chain
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the chain number focus area.
Chain number
PAGE
AGE
Chain name
TEMPO
CHAIN
PAGE
AGE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
BEAT
Chain 1
ERASE
MEASURE
SONG
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AIt is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Select the chain number rotating the Data Scroll Wheel.
AThe LED display will show either the drum kit number set to the chain number, or the drum kit number that was chosen previous to entering the
Chain mode.
Chain number
Chain name
TEMPO
CHAIN
BEAT
Chain 1
MEASURE
SONG
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AYou can also use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to change the chain number.
Settings:
The following chain numbers can be selected
1 to 16
Switching the Steps
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Each time you press the TRIGGER button or the DRUM KIT button while holding SHIFT, you can move the
chain 1 step forward or backward, respectively.
Move 1 step backward.
PAGE
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
+
Move 1 step forward.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
STORE
AIn order to quickly switch steps during live performances, it is recommended to use any 2 pad functions as a step-up/down switch (P.45). You
can also use the footswitch as a step-up/down switch (P.46).
64
○
Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Chain Edit Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This used to create a chain of necessary drum kits or patterns. You can store up to 16 chains consisting
of a maximum of 32 steps (drum kits).
A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.116) to memo the editing contents of the new chain.
Creating a Chain
! Select the chain number to create or edit a chain in Chain Play mode.
" Enter Chain Edit mode.
# Name the chain (if necessary).
$ Select the drum kit (or pattern) and set the 1st step.
% Move to the 2nd step and set the drum kit (or pattern).
& Continue this procedure for the 3rd step on to set the drum kit (or pattern) for the necessary number of
chain steps.
' Enter Store mode and store the chain you have created.
ARefer to P.69 for details on how to store a chain.
Entering the Chain Edit Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once if you are in Chain Play mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Name
=
Chain 2
PATTERN
STORE
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
ASelect the chain you want to edit in Chain Play mode before entering this mode.
AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the
page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See
P.116 for details regarding the “JJumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter.
65
Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode
The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Chain Edit mode consists of the following 3 display pages:
Page number
Function name
Example:
1st display page
Name
=
Chain 2
Parameter
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.
# Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
A Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate
that the edit results have not been stored. See P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Chain Play mode during an edit to
select a different chain. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P.68).
Indicates you have not saved
the edited settings.
Functions of Each Page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 Name (chain name) ................................................................................................ (P.67)
2 Chain create or revise ............................................................................................. (P.67)
3 Edit recall ............................................................................................................... (P.68)
66
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode
1 Name (chain name)
Drum Kit:
Use up to 8 letters to name the chain.
Refer to the Drum Kit Name section (P.35) for
details on which letters can be used and how to
enter them.
Select from drum kit numbers 1 to 64 for each
chain step.
=DrumKit
2 Chain create or revise
This function is used to create or revise a chain.
! Move the cursor to the chain step number
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
select the 1st chain step.
If you are revising an existing chain, select
the Step number you want to change.
Chain step number
=DrumKit
num=
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AYou can also select the next or previous chain step
number by pressing the TRIGGER or DRUM KIT button or by
pressing the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons while holding SHIFT,
even if the cursor is not in the chain step number focus area.
" Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel
or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to
select the drum kit or pattern for this chain
step.
Drum kit or pattern focus area
=DrumKit
num=
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern
number focus area and select the necessary
number.
num=
1
Drum kit number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Pattern:
1) Select from style or pattern numbers 1 to
110 for each chain step.
2) If you have selected from the preset styles
(pattern styles 1 to 110), move the cursor to
the section focus area and specify a section.
AUser patterns do not have sections. Therefore, if you
have selected from the user patterns (style number 111 on), the
display will show “--” on the section focus area and you will not
be able to select a section. See P.71for further details on
section.
=Pattern
Style (pattern)
number
=
1 MA
Section
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to specify the
drum kit or pattern for the necessary chain
steps (up to 32 chain steps).
AYou can mix a drum-kit-specified chain step and a
pattern-specified chain step within one chain.
% Upon editing the necessary steps of the
chain, move the cursor to the drum kit or
pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll
Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons
to display END to end the chain at the
current chain step number.
AIf you forward the chain step during Chain Play mode,
the chain step will end at the END setting.
67
Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode
3 Edit recall
=
END
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Chain step number: 1 to 32
Drum kit or pattern: DrumKit, pattern, END (sets the
last chain step)
Drum kit or pattern number: 1 to 64 (drum kits), 1
to 220 (patterns)
Section focus area (only when the selected pattern
is between 1 and 110): IN (intro), MA (Main A), MB
(Main B), FA (Fill AB), FB (Fill BA), EN (Ending)
While you are editing the drum kit, if you enter
Chain Play mode and select other drum kits the
DTX will return to its original data. However,
by using the Edit Recall function, you can recall
the edited data and continue to edit.
! Select Edit Recall after selecting another
chain in Chain Play mode.
Edit
recall ?
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
Recall
Sure?y/n
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit
Recall . “complete” will flash on the LCD
momentarily and the display will return to
the Edit Recall display.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel.
68
Feature Reference — Store Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Store Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
After you have created a chain of drum kits and edited voices, it is necessary to store the data into the
DTX. Store the drum kit data in Drum Kit Store mode and chain data in Chain Store mode.
Entering Store Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Drum Kit Store Mode
Enter the Drum Kit Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Drum Kit Trigger mode or
Drum Kit Voice Edit mode or from Drum Kit Play mode.
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Store DK
to
PATTERN
STORE
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AThe storage method differs dependig on the settings in Link mode (P.115) on the 3rd display page in Utility mode.
Link mode = global ........... Stores the edited drum kit both to the specified destination and drum kit number 1.
Link mode = indiv ............. Stores the edited drum kit only to the specified destination.
Chain Store Mode
Enter the Chain Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Chain Edit mode or from Chain
Play mode.
CHAIN
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Store CH
to
PATTERN
STORE
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
69
Feature Reference — Store Mode
Storing Procedures
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The steps to store data apply for both the drum kit and chain. Here the drum kit display will be used as an
example.
! Choose the drum kit (or chain) number for the destination by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
DRUM KIT
Store DK
to
10
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n.”
DRUM KIT
Store DK
Sure?y/n
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the +1/YES button to store the drum kit (or chain) to the specified destination drum kit (or chain
number). The LCD will flash “complete” momentarily and the display will return to the Drum Kit (or
Chain) Play mode.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel. The display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode.
ATo enter a different mode without storing the data, simply press the DRUM KIT, CHAIN, SONG, or PATTERN buttons.
Copying the Drum Kit or Chain
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Use the store function to copy a drum kit or chain to a different number. This is convenient in creating a
new drum kit or chain based on an existing drum kit or chain.
! Select the drum kit (or chain) number of the copy source in Drum Kit Play (or Chain Play) mode.
" Press the STORE button to enter Store mode.
# Select the number (copy destination) and execute the store operation. This will copy the drum kit (or
chain).
70
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Pattern Play Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
In this mode, there are 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns to choose from.
Change the tempo or chord, adjust the volume of each part, switch sections--a variety of patterns are
available for any kind of performance you like. You can practice rhythm by playing the pads to a pattern.
You can also mute parts that are not necessary. This mode can be applied in thousands of ways.
The Concept of “pattern”
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Track Structure
Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: chord, bass, and rhythm.
Chord
Bass
Rhythm
Types of Patterns
Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns.
Style
Style refers to the music category of the pattern. There are 110 different styles and 6 sections for each style.
Select a section for a style to make a preset pattern.
Section
6 sections are available for each style. A section is a music component combined to create a music piece.
The preset patterns have the following six sections programmed:
MAIN A ........ This is the default section. It can be used for the basic verse and chorus structure of a pattern.
MAIN B ........ This is the alternative section. It can be used to bridge patterns.
The following 2 transmission sections play immediately when selected:
FILL AB ........
FILL BA ........
INTRO ..........
ENDING .......
Used to make the transition between the verse/chorus section and the bridge section. This section continues to MAIN B.
Used to make the transition back to the verse/chorus section. This section continues to MAIN A.
Used for the introduction of the pattern. This section continues to MAIN A.
Ends the pattern play when completed.
ADrum kits are programmed to change in a present pattern. To keep the drum kits from changing automatically. Set the parameter “RecvCh10
PC” on the 17th display page in Utility mode (P.118) to “off”.
71
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
User Patterns
User patterns refer to empty memory space (111 to 210) where you can create your own pattern. User
patterns do not have sections as the preset styles or patterns do, but you can specify any user pattern as a
section (INTRO, FILL, etc.).
660 preset patterns
110 styles
6 sections
×
INTRO
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA ENDING
Selected pattern
100 user patterns
store within the DTX
Entering Pattern Play Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the PATTERN button.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
BEAT
Acoustic
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
RP Hop
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
MAIN A
AYou may inadvertently enter the Pattern Job mode if you press the PATTERN button 2 times. If this should happen, press the PATTERN button
again. This button switches between Pattern Play mode and Pattern Job mode.
AThe Pattern Play mode is displayed in the same format as Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).
Selecting a Pattern
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Select a preset pattern by choosing a combination of one style and one section from the 110 styles and 6
sections. It is possible to combine the styles and sections of the preset pattern in 660 ways. User patterns do
not have sections as preset patterns do.
! Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
DRUM KIT
MAIN A
MAIN B
PATTERN
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
MEASURE
RP Hop
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
A The style number is automatically selected and blinks in Pattern Play mode.
A It is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE¡ and Page⁄ buttons.
72
BEAT
Acoustic
ERASE
CLICK
○
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the style number.
Style number
Style name
Tempo
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
GM std 1
Beat
MEASURE
PATTERN
Measure
CLICK
RP Hop
Click
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Data focus area
Section
MAIN A
AYou can also switch the style number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The style you have selected will automatically be set to the default tempo that matches the style when the
Tempo mode in Utility mode is set to “pattern” (P.123).
The data display (lower part of the LCD) shows the configuration of the currently selected rhythm.
Style (and user pattern) numbers:
Preset style: 1 to 110
User pattern: 111 to 210
# Select the section after you have selected a preset style.
Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons while holding SHIFT to
select the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.
A The user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected user pattern.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
MAIN B
MAIN A
ERASE
MAIN A
GM std 1
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
TEMPO
+
MAIN B
BEAT
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
DA RaveQ
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
ENDING
INTRO
ENDING
SHIFT
TEMPO
SHIFT
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN B
While holding
the SHIFT button...
AThe Pattern Play mode automatically selects the MAIN A section. However, if you have entered Pattern Play mode from Song Play mode, the
styles and sections used in the song you used in Song Play mode will be selected.
Selections
Sections: MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING
73
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Playing a Pattern
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern.
The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the pattern that is playing.
CLICK
AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also
play.
" Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the pattern. The DTX will automatically return to the
beginning of the pattern.
LCD Display (during performance)
The beat indicator will flash to the tempo as shown below.
The chord focus area will show the chord name of the pattern currently playing.
The measure number focus area will indicate the measure number currently playing. If a one-measure pattern is playing, this
focus area will not change from “1”.
Chord focus area
(root) (type) (on-bass)
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
GM std 1
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
Measure number
focus area
Cmin7 _ _
1st beat
Beat indicator
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
2nd beat
3rd beat
4th beat
AYou can switch to a different pattern while a pattern is playing. Switch the style or section to the beginning of a new pattern. The tempo will not
change.
AThe number of measures of differ for each pattern.
A“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.
PAUSE Button
Press the PAUSE button to pause the playing of a pattern. The LED above the START/STOP button turns off.
The playing resumes from where it took off when the PAUSE button is pressed again.
CLICK
FAST FORWARD and REWIND Buttons
The FAST FORWARD and REWIND buttons steps the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the
pattern is stopped and is not playing. Press continuously to fast forward or rewind rapidly.
CLICK
74
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Volume Adjustment
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Master Volume Adjustment
The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire pattern.
AThe MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit input from the pads.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Adjusting the Volume of Each Part
Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm. You can also balance the
volume between the pattern and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a pattern.
Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider on the front
panel to adjust the volume. Be aware that the functions and operation of these sliders will differ according to
the Slider mode settings of the system items in Utility mode (P.116). The default Slider mode is set to
practice (practice mode). The slider settings of this mode are as follows:
Accompaniment (chord and bass):
Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider to control the accompaniment.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Click:
Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the metronome click. See above.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Snare:
Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the snare (including snare sounds input
from pads).
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
MAX
+
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Kick:
Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the kick (including kick sounds input from pads)
of the rhythm.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
MAX
+
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
ABy setting the Slider mode in Utility mode to live (live mode), you can control the volume of the CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) parts
(P.116).
75
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Adjusting the Tempo
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can change the tempo. Move the cursor to the tempo
focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
TEMPO
BEAT
td 1
MEASURE
CLICK
aveQ
Settings:
[= 30 to 299
AEach pattern has a default tempo value. Therefore, even if you change the tempo, once you select a different pattern, the tempo will return to
the default value of the newly selected pattern. By setting the Tempo mode in the SEQ sub-mode of Utility mode to “global”, the tempo will remain the
same while selecting different patterns. Refer to P.123 for details on this function.
Click (metronome)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or
OFF by pressing the CLICK button.
! Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. The LED above the CLICK button will flash to the
current tempo.
CLICK
" Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome.
AIf you press the CLICK button while a pattern is playing, the metronome will automatically synchronize to the tempo of the pattern.
Adjusting the Volume (click)
Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the volume of the click. Refer to P.75 above for details.
Adjusting the Tempo (click)
Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the tempo in the same way as in adjusting the tempo of a
pattern. Refer to “Adjusting the Tempo” above.
Setting the Beat of the Click
Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the beat of the click.
Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat.
TEMPO
BEAT
1
MEASURE
eQ
Settings:
1/4 to 8/4, 1/8 to 16/8, 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16)
76
CLICK
○
○
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Setting the Quantization
Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can change the quantization of the click.
Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
TEMPO
BEAT
1
MEASURE
CLICK
eQ
Settings:
quarter note,
quarter note triplet,
eighth note,
3
3
Muting or Soloing Each Track
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
eighth note triplet,
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
16th note,
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
3
○
16th note triplet
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
This function enables you to mute each part of a pattern, rhythm, chord, or bass. In the opposite manner,
you can also listen to each solo (individual part) using this function.
Muting
By pressing the BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons, you can mute each part and the LED above each
button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same
button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
SOLO
Muting each Rhythm Part
AYou can also mute the RHYTHM, KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments). This is convenient especially during rhythm practice
where you can mute a snare or kick part and play your pad instead.
Press the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments) buttons while holding SHIFT to mute each
rhythm part. The LCD will hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will
appear on the right side of the rhythm track. To cancel, press the same button while holding SHIFT.
PAGE
AGE
PAGE
AGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
DRUM KIT CHAIN
−1/NO
+1/YES
1/NO
1/YES
+
TR2
CYMBAL
BASS
TMP TR
TEMPO
SNARE
RHYTHM
PAT TR
BEAT
KICK
ROCK1
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
PATTERN
SONG
RBMotrCC
The snare is muted.
TR1
MISC.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
CHORD QUANT.
MEASURE
SOLO
CHO TR CLICK
INPUT
OFF
3
MUTE
MAIN A
ARefer to P.19, 87 for details on the data focus area.
77
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Solo
Solo refers to the function that plays a single part and mutes the others. You can play each part of the rhythm
solo to check a voice or rhythm configuration.
Press the SNARE, KICK, CYM, or MISC. button while holding SOLO to mute the other parts. The LCD will
hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will appear on the right side of
the rhythm track. To cancel the solo, press SOLO again and the DTX will return to Pattern Play mode.
TR1
TR2
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
+
CHAIN
DRUM KIT
KICK
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
TEMPO
SNARE
BEAT
SNARE
KICK
ROCK1
CHORD
SOLO
PATTERN
SONG
CHO TR
CHORD QUANT.
MEASURE
SOLO
CHO TR
INPUT
CLICK
RBMotrCC
OFF
3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
The snare is playing solo.
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
MAIN A
Selecting the Chords
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
You can select the chords of the accompaniment while playing a pattern.
! Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons.
Chord
Root type
On-bass
PAGE
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
MEASURE
PATTERN
CLICK
Cmin7 _ _
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the root of the chord.
# Move the cursor to the chord type focus area and select a chord type.
$ Move the cursor to the on-bass focus area and select a bass note to play with the chord (if necessary).
Settings:
Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B
Chord type: There are 26 types of chords. Refer to P.79 for details on chord types.
On-bass: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B
78
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode
Chords
The chords are abreviated as listed below. The DTX enables you to specify a chord to the current pattern simply by
selecting the root and type. An on-bass note can be used when necessary.
Root ................ The bass note of the chord.
Chord type ..... The type (e.g. major, minor, etc.) of the chord.
On-bass ........... The low bass note to use when you want to produce a chord with a bass note other than the root.
Chord List (root=C)
Name on the LCD
m711
Maj9
Maj7
Maj
6th
Major seventh
Major
Sixth
Major seventh
added eleventh
add9
min
min6
min7
Added ninth
Minor
Minor sixth
Minor seventh
Minor seventh
flatted fifth
7th
7 ♯5
mM7
Minor major
seventh
7 ♭9
Seventh flatted
ninth
min9
Minor ninth
7th9
Seventh ninth
7 13
7su4
Seventh added
thirteenth
Seventh
suspended fourth
mad9
Minor added
ninth
Seventh
Major ninnth
m7 ♭5
Seventh
augmented
7 ♯9
7♯11
7♭13
Seventh sharp
ninth
Seventh added
sharp eleventh
Seventh added
flatted thirteenth
sus4
dim
aug
Suspended fourth
Diminished
Augmented
––––
The chord
recorded to a user
pattern is played
back.
79
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
X
MO
R
YA
AHA DRU
D UL
E
DT
M
M
TRIG GE
Pattern Record Mode
You can records original patterns to user pattern numbers 111 to 210. Each pattern consists of 3 tracks:
rhythm, chord, and bass (P.71). You can create patterns by real-time recording: hitting connected pads or
playing a connected MIDI keyboard, or step recording: inputting notes one after another one step at a
time. Step recording makes it possible to input rather complex beats which would be difficult to play in
real time.
Recording
! Getting prepared: (P.81)
Select the user pattern number to record your original pattern in Pattern Play mode.
A It is also necessary to select the drum kit (normal) and keyboard voice you want to use before you record.
" Standby: (P.81)
Enter the Pattern Record mode (Record-ready).
# Select a recording track: (P.81)
Select the track (chord/bass/rhythm) you want to record.
$ Select the type of recording: (P.82)
Select the type of recording (real-time or step recording) when you are using a rhythm track.
AThis step is not required if you are only recording the chord or bass track where you can only record in real-time.
% Set the tempo: (P.82)
Set the tempo of the pattern you are going to record.
& Set the beat (time signature): (P.83)
Set the beat of the pattern you are going to record.
' Set the number of measures: (P.83)
Set the number of measures of the pattern you are going to record.
( Set the quantization: (P.84)
Set the quantization value.
) Record in real-time: (P.84)
Record your performance from an external MIDI keyboard or pad.
AIf you choose step recording to record a rhythm track, you can input the data for each step while checking the LCD of the DTX (P.85).
80
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
1. Getting Ready to Record
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Select a user pattern number (111 to 210) in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Record mode (P.72).
The MIDI Channel and Recorded Voices
Select a drum kit you want to record on the 6th page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording
to the rhythm track. Refer to (P.92)for details on how to select the drum kit. If you are using a MIDI keyboard, you can
record to the rhythm track by connecting the MIDI keyboard to channel 10.
Select a keyboard voice voice from 128 types in the 6th display page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record
mode and recording the voice to a chord or bass track. Refer to P.92 for details on how to select a voice. A chord track is
recorded through MIDI channel 5 and a bass track through MIDI channel 7.
2. Stand-by
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
By pressing the RECORD button, you will enter Pattern Record mode and the DTX will stand by for
recording. The red LED above the RECORD button will light up.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
MEASURE QUANT.
PATTERN
REC Mode
CLICK
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AAn empty user pattern will automatically be selected even when a preset pattern is selected and the Record Button is pressed.
AYou can erase all of the data in the currently selected user pattern just by pressing the RECORD button while holding SHIFT. The DTX will go
into record-ready mode. This is convenient when you want to create a pattern from scratch.
3. Selecting a Track
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Select a track for recording.
Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button to choose the track for recording and the LED above the button
will light up.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
SOLO
81
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
4. Selecting the Type of Recording
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
*This step is not necessary if you have chosen a chord track or bass track to record. Skip this step and move
on to step 5.
If you have chosen the rhythm track to record, you can choose the type of recording.
Move the cursor to the type of recording focus area and choose the type by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or
using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. You can choose from the following:
Real-time: A recording to record the input from pads or drums connected to the DTX. This method is the
same as recording a chord track or bass track.
Step Rec (step recording): A type of recording where you specify each drum voice to a beat one at a time
while checking the data focus area on the LCD.
Recording method
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
MEASURE QUANT.
PATTERN
REC Mode
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
The following operations are necessary for real-time recording. If you have selected step recording, skip to
P.85.
5. Setting the Tempo
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Set the tempo for real-time recording.
! Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area.
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -/NO buttons to set the tempo.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
PATTERN
MEASURE QUANT.
REC Mode
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Tempo: [ = 30 to 299
A You can only set the tempo of a pattern that does not contain any data.
82
OFF
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
6. Setting the Beat (time signature)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Set the beat of the pattern you are recording.
Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the beat.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
MEASURE QUANT.
PATTERN
REC Mode
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16), 1/8 to 16/8, 1/4 to 8/4
AYou can only set or record the beat of a pattern that does not contain any data.
7. Setting the Number of Measures
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Set the length of the recorded pattern using measures as units.
Move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the number of measures.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
PATTERN
REC Mode
MEASURE QUANT.
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
1 to 8
AYou can only set the number of measures of a pattern that does not contain any data.
83
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
8. Setting the Quantization
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Set the quantization values for the recording. Quantization helps to produce a “tight” recording by
automatically aligning notes to the nearest specified beat as you record. For example, if you want to record
directly from a hi-hat on the eighth note, you can record your hi-hat sound precisely to the eighth note by
setting the quantization value to the eighth note.
The quantization set here will be the minimum unit of the recording data. Pick the shortest quantization in
the piece used for the phrase or rhythm you are recording.
The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the
quantization afterwards (P.91).
Move the cursor to the QUANT. focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the quantization.
TEMPO
BEAT
Realtime
MEASURE QUANT.
PATTERN
REC Mode
OFF
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
OFF,
quarter note,
quarter note triplet,
eighth note,
3
3
eighth note triplet,
16th note,
3
16th note triplet
AThe finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.
9. Real-time Recording
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Real-time recording allows you to record a pattern as you play the external MIDI keyboards or drum pads in
real-time.
! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once, and the DTX will countdown
two measures before beginning to record.
TEMPO
BEAT
Record..
PATTERN
REC Mode
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
84
MEASURE QUANT.
OFF
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
A The LED above the CLICK button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the countdown. The LED above the CLICK button and
the START/STOP button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the recording.
AThe recording to the chord track is executed through MIDI channel 5, the bass track through MIDI channel 7, and the rhythm track through
MIDI channel 10.
Once the DTX has looped back to the beginning of the first measure, you can record the snare drum, hi-hat,
or other parts onto the track while checking the measure number.
AThe data of each part (KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, MISC.) you have played will appear in the data focus area of the LCD after recording a rhythm
track. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details on the data focus area.
" By pressing the START/STOP button, the LCD will display “Wait...” and the recording will end. The DTX
will return to Pattern Play mode.
Step Recording (for rhythm track only)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Step recording can be used to record the rhythm track. This allows you to input each beat one step at a time
while checking the structure in the data focus area.
! Follow steps 1. Getting Ready to Record (P. 81) and 4. Selecting the Type of Recording (P.82) and press
the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the DTX will enter Step Recording
mode.
Pattern number
Drum voice name
TEMPO
BEAT
0-0-00
PATTERN
--------
Pattern number
Beat
MEASURE QUANT.
OFF
Measure number
Quantization
Beat Indicator
Location pointer
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Data focus area
Measure/Beat/Clock .. Indicates the present position.
Pattern number ........ Indicates the number of the user pattern currently designated for recording.
Drum voice name ..... Displays the voice name currently being used. If there is no voice recorded at this location, the display shows
“--------”.
Measure number ...... Indicates the number of the present measure.
Quantization ............. Indicates the quantization value (note length).
Data focus area ......... Displays the input data with dots.
Beat Indicator ........... Indicates the current beat.
Location pointer ....... Indicates the present position of drum voice to input or clear. The cursor can be moved by a quantization
value at a time.
85
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
" Move the cursor to the quantization focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the
quantization (note length) of the drum voice by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons. Hereafter, you can move the cursor by the quantization value you have selected.
TEMPO
BEAT
0-0-00
MEASURE QUANT.
PATTERN
--------
OFF
MISC.
Settings:
OFF,
quarter note,
quarter note triplet,
3
eighth note,
3
eighth note triplet,
16th note,
3
16th note triplet
A The finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.
AThe location of the beat indicator will change depending on the quantization level you have selected.
# Move the location pointer to the location where you want to input a drum voice using the FORWARD or
REWIND button. You can also move the location pointer a measure at a time by moving the cursor to the
MEASURE focus area and rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The quantization is set to the eighth note.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
The quantization is set to the quater note.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A The cursor can also be moved by a quantization value at a time.
$ Play the pad or MIDI keyboard corresponding to the drum voice you want to input. The voice name of
the input will appear and the data will appear in the data focus area in the form of a small square dot.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A The drum voice appears on the LCD categorized in 4 tracks: KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other instruments).
AThe MIDI keyboard will be recorded through MIDI channel 10.
Erasing a Mistake
To erase a voice you have entered by mistake, take the following steps:
86
1
Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position above the dot (note indicator)
position of the drum voice you want to erase.
2
Press the ERASE button. And the mistake will be erased.
Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode
% Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the necessary drum voices in the appropriate positions.
& Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Pattern Play mode.
Sample: 8-beat drum pattern
When an 8-beat drum pattern is entered, the LCD will display:
1st beat
Hi-hat
Snare
Kick
2nd beat
3rd beat
4th beat
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
C Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.
87
Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Pattern Job Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This mode has various supporting functions to create a pattern: name a recorded pattern, quantize, copy,
or clear a pattern.
Entering Pattern Job Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
Copy Pat
PATTERN
RP Hop
PATTERN
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
MAIN A
A Select the user pattern in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Job mode.
A When the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the
last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Refer to P.116 for details
regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter.
The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Pattern Job mode consists of 7 display pages.
Page number
Function name
Copy Pat
PATTERN
RP Hop
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
! Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.
# Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
$ Execute the function: Execute quantization or copy.
A Some display pages may not require step 4.
88
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode
Functions of Each Page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 Copy (Pat/Dest): Pattern copy ............................................................................... (P.90)
2 Quantize: Quantization ......................................................................................... (P.91)
3 CrTrNote: Clears a specific note ........................................................................... (P.91)
4 ClrTrack: Clears a track ......................................................................................... (P.92)
5 ClearPat: Clears a pattern ...................................................................................... (P.92)
6 Ch/Ba/Ry Voice: Selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track..................... (P.92)
7 Pat Name: Pattern name ........................................................................................ (P.92)
89
Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode
1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy
This copies a specific preset or user pattern to a
different user pattern number.
This is convenient in creating a new pattern
based on an existing pattern.
! Choose the preset style or user pattern by
rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
A It is necessary to specify the section (P.73) before
selecting a preset style to copy.
Copy Pat
PATTERN
RP FunkS
$ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
Copy Pat
PATTERN
Sure?y/n
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
% Press the +1/YES button to copy. The
display will return to the original (Copy Pat
display page).
Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and
the display will return to the first page.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Copy Pat
PATTERN
" Press the START/STOP button to select the
CopyDest (copy destination) of the user
pattern.
RP FunkS
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
CopyDest
PATTERN
Init Pat
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
number of the user pattern.
90
Settings:
Copy source: preset style (1 to 110) x 6 sections, user
pattern (111 to 210).
Copy destination: user pattern (111 to 210).
Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode
2 Quantize (quantization)
3 CrTrNote (clear specific note)
This function quantizes each track of the
currently selected pattern. As described on
P.84, the quantization function automatically
aligns a note to the nearest specified beat.
! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM
button of the track you want to quantize and
the LED above will light up.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
This clears the specific note from an entire
track.
! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM
button of the track containing the note you
want to clear and the LED above will light
up.
" By hitting the connected pad or playing the
note on the connected MIDI keyboard, the
LCD will display the specific note number
and note name of the note that will be
cleared.
A You can also move the cursor to the note number, note
name or octave number. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note you want to
clear.
SOLO
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the
quantization.
CrTrNote
PATTERN
Note number
Note name
Octave number
Quantize
PATTERN
= 60 C 3
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
QUANT.
Tr&Value
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
$ Press the +1/YES button to clear and the
display will return to the original CrTrNote
display page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.
$ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the
display will return to the original Quantize
display page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel the
quantize.
Settings:
Quantize: OFF, quarter note, quarter note triplet,
3
eighth note, eighth note triplet, 16th note,
3
16th note triplet
3
AOnce you quantize the track, the data is revised and is
irretrievable.
91
Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode
4 ClrTrack (clears a track)
This clears all the data on the specified track
within the currently selected pattern.
! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM
button of the track you want to clear and the
LED above will light up.
6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, bass or
rhythm track)
This selects the voices of a chord, bass or
rhythm track for the currently selected pattern.
! Move the cursor to the track display and
select the track of the voice you want to set
with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/YES
or -1/NO buttons.
ClrTrack
PATTERN
Chord track voice selecting
Track
SetTrack
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Pgm= cho
Program
Change Number
PATTERN
Ocarina
Voice Name
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the +1/YES button to clear the track
and the display will return to the original
ClrTrack page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.
Bass track voice selecting
Track
Pgm=bass
Profgram
Change Number
PATTERN
SlapBas2
Voice Name
Rhythm track voice selecting
5 ClearPat (clear pattern)
Track
Pgm= rhy
This clears all the data within the currently
selected user pattern.
! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user
pattern or “Clear All”.
ClearPat
PATTERN
Init Pat
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AThe “ClearAll” command is located after user pattern
number 220. You can clear all the user patterns by selecting
“ClearAll”.
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the
display will return to the original ClearPat
page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.
Program
Change Number
PATTERN
GM std 1
Drum Kit Name
" Move the cursor to the Program Change
Number and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or
use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select
the voice or drum kit you want to use for the
track.
Settings:
Track: cho, bass, rhy
Program change numbers: 0 to 128
ARefer to P.143 for details about the voice list.
ARefer to P.120 “9 P/C→KIT” for details about the program
change number of each drum kit.
7 Pat Name (pattern name)
Use up to 8 letters to name the pattern
The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the
same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for
details.
C Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or
copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.
92
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Song Play Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
Use this mode to select and play from 100 preset songs and 30 user songs. By using the mute function
you can easily create a minus-one playback and practice a drum or keyboard part to your original song
previously created as well as synchronize with other connected digital devices at a live performance.
The Concept of “song”
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Track Structure
The song consists of 5 tracks: 2 sequence tracks (TR1 and TR2) and 3 backing tracks (pattern, chord, and
tempo).
Sequence track
(Record melody lines
or obligatos using a
MIDI keyboard)
TR1 (track 1)
TR2 (track 2)
Pattern track
Backing track
Chord track
(Chord progression)
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
Pattern 3
Chord
Bass
Rhythm
Chord
Bass
Rhythm
Chord
Bass
Rhythm
C
G
F
Tempo track
Sequence Tracks
You can record a melody or obligato to each sequence track in real-time just as you would record a track on a
sequencer.
Backing Tracks
The backing consists of 3 tracks: pattern (PAT TR), chord (CHO TR), and tempo (TMP TR). Create backing
tracks by setting the pattern, chord, and tempo changes in sequential order.
It is easy to create a song with an irregular beats or a song with ritardando or accelerando settings.
Types of Songs
You can create a total of 30 songs (No.101 to 130). The DTX also comes with 100 preset songs (No.1 to
100).
A The preset song contains drum kits which are set in advance and generate appropriate sounds. To keep the drum kit from automatically
switching, change the settings on the 17th display page (RecvCh 10PC) in Utility mode (P.118).
93
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
Entering Song Play Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the SONG button.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
BEAT
GM std 1
MEASURE
SONG
CLICK
CityDogs
SONG
UTILITY
PATTERN
TTERN
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
A You may inadvertently enter Song Job mode if you press the SONG button twice. Press the SONG button again to return to Song Play mode.
The modes will change alternately each time you press this button.
AThe Song Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).
Selecting a Song
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the song number focus area.
Song number
PAGE
AGE
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
1/NO
+1/YES
1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
PAGE
AGE
BEAT
GM std 1
ERASE
MAIN A
Song name
MEASURE
SONG
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A The song number focus area automatically blinks in Song Play mode.
AIt is also possible to move up and down the LCD using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the song number.
Song number
Song name
Tempo
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
GM std 1
SONG
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Beat
MEASURE
Measure number
CLICK
Click
Data focus area
Section
The selected song will be set to a preset tempo.
The rhythm data of the current measure will appear in the form of small square dots on the LCD data focus
area. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details about the data focus area.
Selections:
Preset song: 1 to 100
User song: 101 to 130
AThe section name of the current measure will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. If a user pattern is used in the current measure, the section
will not appear on the LCD.
94
○
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
Playing a Song
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
! Press the START/STOP button to play a song.
The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the song that is playing.
CLICK
AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also
play.
" Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the song. The song will automatically return to the
beginning of the song.
AThe “Beat” indicator will flash to the tempo (P.74) while the song is playing. The MEASURE focus area will show the measure number currently
playing.
PAUSE button
Press the PAUSE button to pause the song. The LED above the START/STOP button will turn off. The song
will start where it stopped when the PAUSE or the START/STOP button is pressed again.
CLICK
FORWARD and REWIND Buttons
The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the cursor to the measure where you want to start the song.
The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the song
is not playing . The LCD will show the style, section, and tempo of the first measure.
Song number
Song name
Tempo
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
GM std 1
SONG
CLICK
MEASURE
Measure number
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
Data focus area
Section
AYou can also change the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
95
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
Volume Adjustment
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Master Volume Adjustment
The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire song.
A The MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit played and input from the pads.
MAX
MIN
MASTER VOL.
AUX IN
ACCOMP
CLICK
SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.
Volume Adjustment of Each Part
Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm independently. You can also
balance the volume between the song and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a
song.
Adjust the volume in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.75 for details.
Adjusting the Tempo
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can change the tempo.
Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area
and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
PAGE
MAIN A
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
PAGE
MAIN B
MEASURE
SONG
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
BEAT
GM std 1
ERASE
CLICK
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
Settings:
Tempo: [ = 30 to 299
A The tempo adjustment is temporary. When you select a different song, the tempo will restore the default tempo.
Click (metronome)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF
by pressing the CLICK button. The steps to set the volume, tempo, or beat of the click are the same as in
Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.76 for details.
96
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
Muting or Soloing Each Track
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
This function enables you to mute the tracks of a song : TR1/2(tracks 1 or 2), rhythm, chord, or bass. You
can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same button again, the mute is
cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.
Muting
By pressing the TR1, TR2, BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons you can mute, each part and the LED above
each button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same
button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
SOLO
CHO TR
A On TR1 (track 1), when the rhythm (drum) is recorded on MIDI channel 10 and the bass is recorded on MIDI channel 7 or parts of a chord are
recorded on other channels respectively, it is possible to mute each part by pressing the corresponding RHYTHM, BASS and CHORD buttons.
The Mute/Solo of each Rhythm Part
AYou can also mute or solo play individually, each rhythm part in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.77 for details.
AYou can also mute each part or play a single part of the rhythm in Track 1 when Track 1 is used as the rhythm track for MIDI channel 10 .
Groove Check Function
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
*This function can also be used in Pattern Play Mode.
This is a unique feature of the Yamaha DTX which enables you to check the “groove” feeling, that is a
difference in timing (how the pad or drum attack delays from the exact timing) of the song (or pattern) beat.
The Groove Check Function consists of the following 2 modes:
Single Mode .............. The LCD displays the difference (in clock units) of the timing, comparing each input from the pad or drum to
the song (or pattern) beat. This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick. The finest groove check
level depends on the quantization of the click.
TEMPO
DRUM KIT
BEAT
GroovChk
SONG
MEASURE
CLICK
dif:+00
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MAIN A
97
Feature Reference — Song Play Mode
Average Mode ........... The LCD analyses the difference of the timing and displays the percentage (%). This mode averages the
difference and sets the 16th note quantization as 100%. Press the RECORD button again to clear all of the
current data.
TEMPO
BEAT
ave:+00%
MEASURE
SONG
CLICK
dsp: 00%
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
A Select the groove check mode on the Groove Check display page of the SEQ items in Utility Mode in advance.
Operating the Groove Check Mode
! Press the RECORD button while playing a song (or pattern).
CLICK
" Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons to set the quantization which becomes the finest Groove Check level.
Settings:
Quantization:
quarter note,
3
quarter note triplet,
eighth note,
3
eighth note triplet,
16th note,
3
16th note triplet
# Play the pad or drum to the song (or pattern).
$ The results of Groove Check will appear on the LCD for each mode in real-time.
% The Group Check function will be canceled when you stop playing by pressing the START/STOP button.
98
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
X
MO
R
YA
AHA DRU
D UL
E
DT
M
M
TRIG GE
Song Record Mode
Use this mode to record original songs to user song numbers 101 to 130. Create a song using the
following steps:
! Line up the necessary patterns by step recording and set the chord progression by assigning the chords to
the backing track.
" Play the external MIDI keyboard and record the melody or obligato to the 2 sequence tracks in real-time.
Recording Procedures
! Getting prepared: (P.100)
Select the user song number to record your original song in Song Play mode.
" Stand-by: (P.100)
Enter Song Record mode.
# Select a recording track: (P.100)
Select the track (pattern, chord, tempo, track 1/2) you want to record to.
The type of recording depends on the selected track.
Step Recording (Recording to a Chord or Bass Track)(P.101, 103, 104)
Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX.
Real-time Recording (Recording to track 1 or 2) (P.105)
! Set the tempo (P.105)
Set the tempo of the real-time recording.
" Set the quantization (P.105)
Set the quantization value of the real-time recording.
# Select the starting point (P.106)
Select the measure number of the starting point.
$ Record (P.106)
Record from the external MIDI keyboard.
99
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
1. Getting prepared
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Select a user song number (101 to 130) in Song Play mode before entering Song Record mode (P.94).
Voices used for the sequence tracks (Track 1 or 2) and MIDI channels:
Before you enter Song Record mode and record a sequence track, it is necessary to select a keyboard voice. Also when you
are using an external MIDI keyboard, be sure to check the connection and match select the proper transmission channels to
each track number.
The normal keyboard voices used to record sequence tracks 1 or 2 can be selected from 128 voices on the 5th display page in
Song Job mode. Refer to P.110 for details on how to select the voices.
2. Stand-by
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the RECORD button to enter Song Record mode. The DTX will stand-by for recording and the red LED
above the RECORD button will light up.
Step recording display
TEMPO
BEAT
STEP REC
MEASURE
SONG
REC Mode
CLICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Real-time recording display
TEMPO
BEAT
REALTIME
MEASURE QUANT.
SONG
REC Mode
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AAn empty user song will automatically be selected even when a preset song is selected and the Record Button is pressed.
3. Selecting a Recording Track
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Select the track to record the song.
Press the track button: TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will
light up.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
100
SOLO
○
○
○
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
Step Recording
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Use step recording to record pattern, chord, or tempo tracks. Input the data one step at a time while
checking the LCD display of the DTX.
Step Recording to a Pattern Track
Input the necessary measure from preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) or user patterns.
! Select PATTR (pattern track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the
START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD will display the Step
Recording display page.
Style or pattern number
Style or pattern name
TEMPO
Tempo
BEAT
PatTrRec
SONG
CLICK
Beat
Measure number
MEASURE QUANT.
NYC BOYZ
Pattern input
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Data focus area
INTRO
Section
Beat ................................ Shows the beat of the pattern entered in this measure.
Tempo ............................ Shows the tempo of this measure.
Style or pattern number . Shows the style or pattern number entered in this measure.
Style or pattern name ..... Shows the style or pattern name entered in this measure.
Measure number ............ Shows the current position by measure.
Pattern input .................. Shows a “ ” when this measure contains a pattern.
Data focus area ............... Displays the pattern data with dots.
Section ............................ Shows the section of the pattern entered in this measure.
" Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select
the style or pattern number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
# Continue to specify the section if you have selected a preset style.
Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING button while holding SHIFT to select
the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.
AThe user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected a user pattern.
$ Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to select the measure number to enter the next pattern.
A You can also select the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons.
% Repeat steps ! to $ and enter the necessary patterns.
& After you have finished entering the last pattern of the song, enter an “EndofSng” mark in the measure
after the last. The “EndofSng” mark is located after the last style number (211). Select the “EndofSng”
mark as you would the style or pattern number in step " above.
ABy entering an END mark the DTX will automatically stop at the mark when you are playing a song or recording in real-time. If the song or
pattern is looped, the END mark will function as the repeat mark.
' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.
101
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
Erasing a Mistake
To change a pattern that has been entered, use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the position of the
pattern you want to clear and select a different pattern.
You can also erase the pattern of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.
PAGE
PAGE
ERASE
MAIN A
MAIN B
FILL AB
FILL BA
−1/NO
+1/YES
INTRO
ENDING
TEMPO
SHIFT
Sample Structure of a Song
Each preset style consists of 6 sections which can be connected to create a smooth piece of music. You can
also create other patterns and store them as user patterns and insert them into the song structure to try out
new ideas or create a new music piece.
MAIN A
MAIN A
MAIN A
Preset
FILL AB
User
MAIN B
MAIN B
MAIN B
FILL BA
MAIN A
MAIN A
MAIN A
Your Original
Fill-in
Your Original
pattern A
Your Original
pattern A
Your Original
pattern A
ENDING
ARefer to P.71 for further details on sections.
102
“EndOfSng”
mark
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
Step Recording to a Chord Track
Enter the necessary chords from a selection of 26 types one step at a time.
ARefer to P.79 for details on chords.
! Select the CHO TR (chord track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the
START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will turn to the Step
Recording display page.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
CLICK
SOLO
Type
On-bass
TEMPO
KyTypeOB
SONG
Tempo
Beat
MEASURE
Cmin7 _ _
Root
BEAT
Measure number
Chord input
Beat Indicator
Location pointer
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Data focus area
Beat focus area ......... Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current locationpointer position.
Tempo focus area ..... Shows the tempo of the measure for the current locationpointer position.
Root .......................... Shows the chord root of the measure for the current locationpointer position.
Type ......................... Shows the chord type of the measure for the current locationpointer position.
On-bass ..................... Shows the on-bass setting of the measure for the current locationpointer position.
Measure number ...... Shows the measure number for the current locationpointer position.
Chord input .............. Shows a “ ” when the current location pointer position contains a chord.
Location pointer ....... Indicates the current input position.
Data focus area ......... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.
" Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the root of the
chord by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
# Move the cursor to the type focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the type of the
chord. With this step you specify one chord.
$ (If necessary,) specify an on-bass chord. Move the cursor to the on-bass chord focus area and select the
bass note apart from the root note.
% Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the
cursor 1/16th note at a time.
AYou can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
& Repeat steps ! to % and continue to enter the chords.
' Press the START/STOP button after you have finished step recording. The display will return to Song Play
mode.
Erasing a Mistake
To change a chord that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area
of the chord data you want to erase and select a different chord.
To erase the chord data of the current measure simply by press the ERASE button.
103
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
Step Recording to a Tempo Track
Enter the tempo change data one step at a time by specifying two parameters: the quantity of the tempo
change and the time required to change. This simplifies and smoothes the process of changing the speed of
the tempo.
! Select the TMP TR (tempo track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track(P.100) and press the
START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will show the Step
Recording display page.
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
SOLO
CLICK
Tempo change time
TEMPO
TempTime
0
Tempo change quantity
Location pointer
0
Tempo
Beat
MEASURE
SONG
BEAT
Measure number
Data input
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Data focus area
Beat ................................ Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current location pointer position.
Tempo ............................ Shows the pattern tempo of the measure for the current location pointer position.
Tempo change quantity .. Shows the quantity of the tempo change entered into the current location pointer position.
Tempo change time ........ Shows the time required to change the tempo entered in the current location pointer position.
Measure number ............ Shows the measure number of the current location pointer position.
Data input ...................... Shows a “ ” when the current location pointer position contains tempo change data.
Location pointer ............. Indicates the location pointer position.
Data focus area area ....... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.
" Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position enter the tempo
change data. The cursor can be moved by 1/16th note at a time.
A You can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
# Move the cursor to the tempo change quantity focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select
the tempo value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The value set in this focus area will be added or subtracted to the preset tempo value of the selected song.
Settings:
Tempo change quantity: -128 to +127
104
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
$ Move the cursor to the tempo change time focus area and set the number of beats (time) required to reach
the tempo change value.
Settings:
Time required to change: 0 to 127 (beats)
% Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the
cursor one 1/16th note at a time.
& Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the tempo change data to the necessary positions.
' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.
Erasing a Mistake
To change the tempo change data that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor
to the focus area of the tempo change data and enter the new data.
You can also erase the tempo change of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.
Real-time Recording (Track 1 and 2 only)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
This is a recording method to record a rhythm part from a pad or a melody from a MIDI keyboard connected
to the DTX in real-time. You can record two sequence tracks: track 1 and track 2.
Select TR1 (track 1) or TR2 (track 2) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and set the
tempo or quantization value as required.
1 Setting the Tempo
Set the tempo for real-time recording. The value set here will be the initial tempo of the song.
! Press the TEMPO button or move the cursor to the tempo focus area using the Q cursor buttons.
" Set the tempo by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
TEMPO
BEAT
REALTIME
SONG
MEASURE QUANT.
Settings:
Tempo: [ = 30 to 299
BYou can change the tempo of a song which already has data. By using this function, you can change the default tempo of a song you have
completed.
2 Setting the Quantization
Set the quantization before recording to tracks 1 or 2. The quantization function automatically aligns notes
to the nearest specified beat. The quantization set here will be the minimum unit for the recorded data.
Move the cursor to the QUANT focus area and set the quantization value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or
using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
105
Feature Reference — Song Record Mode
TEMPO
BEAT
REALTIME
MEASURE QUANT.
SONG
0
Settings:
Quantize: OFF,
quarter note,
3
quarter note triplet,
0
eighth note,
3
eighth note triplet,
16th note,
3
16th note triplet
A The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P.109).
ARefer to P.84 for details on quantization.
3 Setting the First Measure
You can specify the first measure and start recording.
Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the measure of the position and start
recording.
You can also move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and select the measure by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
TEMPO
BEAT
REALTIME
MEASURE QUANT.
SONG
CLICK
0
0
MISC.
CYMBAL
4 Real-time Recording
Record a performance from an external MIDI keyboard in real-time.
! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once. The DTX will countdown
two measures before beginning to record, the MIDI data from the external MIDI keyboard.
CLICK
AThe LCD above the CLICK button will flash to the tempo when the DTX is counting the beat. The LEDs above both the CLICK button and the
START/STOP button will flash to the tempo when you are recording.
ARefer to P.110 on how to select the voice or MIDI channel for tracks 1 and 2.
ABeware that the data will replace the previous data and the previous data will be irretrievable.
" Press the START/STOP button to exit recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.
ABy entering an END mark, the pattern track recording will automatically stop at the mark.
CTurning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.
Recording a rhythm part
If you record a rhythm part (MIDI channel 10) to TR1 in real-time, the track will be muted when you mute the rhythm of the
pattern track using the RHYTHM button. It is recommended to use TR2 (track 2) when you are recording a rhythm part in
real-time. The rhythm part on TR2 can be muted using the RHYTHM button.
106
Feature Reference — Song Job Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Song Job Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This mode has various supporting functions to create a song: naming a recorded song, setting the voice
for each track, quantizing, copying, or clearing a song.
Entering Song Job Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
CopySong
SONG
InitSong
PATTERN
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
ASelect a user song in Song Play mode before entering the Song Job mode.
AWhen the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the
last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Refer to P.116 for details
regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter.
The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Song Job mode consists of the following 11 pages.
Page number
Function name
CopySong
SONG
InitSong
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
! Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.
" Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.
# Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
$ Execute the function
ASome pages may not require step 4.
107
Feature Reference — Song Job Mode
Functions of Each page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................................................ (P.108)
2 Quantize: quantization ........................................................................................... (P.109)
3 ClrTrack: clear track .............................................................................................. (P.109)
4 Clr Song: clear song ............................................................................................... (P.109)
5 PgmCh: select the voice for each channel .............................................................. (P.110)
6 VolCh (channel volume) ........................................................................................ (P.110)
7 PanCh (channel pan) .............................................................................................. (P.110)
8 PlayMode ................................................................................................................ (P.110)
9 B Lnr TR: bass linear track mode ........................................................................... (P.111)
10 Pat Mute: pattern track mute mode ........................................................................ (P.111)
11 SongName .............................................................................................................. (P.111)
AThe "6 VolCh (channel volume)" and "7 PanCh (channel pan)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System
Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.
1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy
This copies a specific preset song or user song
to a different user song number. This is
convenient in creating a new song based on an
existing song.
# Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the
number of the user song.
$ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
! Choose the preset song or user song by
rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
CopySong
Sure?y/n
CopySong
SONG
CityDogs
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Press the START/STOP button to select the
CopyDest (copy destination) of the user
song.
CopyDest
SONG
InitSong
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
108
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
% Press the +1/YES button to copy.
The display will return to the original (Copy
Song display page).
Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and
the display will return to the first page.
Settings:
Copy source: preset song (1 to 100), user song (101
to 130).
Copy destination: user song (101 to 130).
○
Feature Reference — Song Job Mode
2 Quantize (quantization)
3 ClrTrack (clear track)
This function quantizes the tracks (TR1 or TR2)
of the currently selected song. As described on
P.84, quantization automatically aligns a note to
the nearest specified beat.
! Select a track by pressing the TR1 or TR2
button and the LED above the track will
light up.
This clears all the data on the specified track
within the currently selected song.
! Press the track button you want to clear:
TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR
and the LED above the track button will
light up.
ClrTrack
TR1
TR2
MISC.
CYMBAL
SONG
SetTrack
BASS
RHYTHM
TMP TR
PAT TR
SNARE
KICK
CHORD
CHO TR
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
SOLO
" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to set the
quantization.
Quantize
SONG
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the
display will return to the original ClrTrack
page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The
display will return to the first page.
QUANT.
Tr&Value
4 Clr Song (clear song)
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
This clears all the data within the currently
selected user song.
! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user song
or “ClearAll”.
$ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the
display will return to the original Quantize
page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel the
quantize.
Settings:
Quantize: OFF, quarter note, quarter note triplet,
3
eighth note, eighth note triplet, 16th note,
3
16th note triplet
3
A Once you quantize the track, the data is revised and is
irretrievable.
Clr Song
SONG
InitSong
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
AThe “ClearAll” command is located after user song
number 130. You can clear all the user song by selecting
“ClearAll”.
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the
display will return to the original Clear Song
page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The
display will return to the first page.
109
Feature Reference — Song Job Mode
5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel)
This sets the voice for each channel within the
currently selected song.
The relation between the channel and each
track is as shown in the following figure:
Ch1
Ch2
Ch3
Ch4
Ch5: Chord
Ch6: Chord
Ch7: Chord
Ch8
Ch9
Ch10: Rhythm
Ch11
Ch12
Ch13
Ch14
Ch15
Ch16
Voice name
PgmCh= 1
SONG
GrandPno
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
" Move the cursor to the track display and
select the channel of the voice you want to
set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/
YES or -1/NO buttons.
Settings:
Voice numbers: 0 to 127 (GM system level 1)
ARefer to P.143 for details about the voice list.
6 VolCh (channel volume)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
7 PanCh (channel pan)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
110
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the Play mode.
The following two modes are available:
Track 1
or
Track 2
! Move the cursor to the channel display and
select the channel of the voice you want to
set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/
YES or -1/NO buttons.
Program
change number
This sets the Play mode of the song playback.
One Way ...... automatically stops the song after playing
once.
Repeat .......... repeats the song until it is stopped.
A MIDI channels 5 to 7, 10 can be set in Pattern Play
mode (P.92), and 10 (highlighted above).
Channel focus
area
8 PlayMode
PlayMode
SONG
=one Way
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Play mode: one Way, repeat
A In order to apply this mode to a user song, it is
necessary to enter an END mark at the end of the pattern track
(P.101)
Feature Reference — Song Job Mode
9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode)
This sets the bass linear track mode ON or OFF.
The bass linear mode is a mode which enables
you to record a bass part in advance to TR 1 or
2 (tracks 1 or 2) to use for unique music
expressions featuring a bass line that cannot be
executed by combining the preset patterns.
By turning this mode ON, each pattern of the
BASS TR (bass track) is muted while the song is
playing. The BASS button mutes the channel
data of the bass part recorded in TR 1 or 2
(tracks 1 or 2).
At the same time, the TR 1 and 2 buttons will
not mute the channel of the bass part.
Keep this mode OFF when not in use.
10
Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode)
This sets the pattern track mute mode ON or
OFF.
By turning this mode ON, the PAT TR (pattern
track) is muted while the song is playing. This
is used when you do not want to play back the
pattern track while you are playing back a
standard MIDI file through TR 1 or 2 (track 1 or
2). Keep this mode OFF when not in use.
Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO
buttons.
Pat Mute
Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO
buttons.
B Lnr TR
SONG
=off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
SONG
=off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
on, off
11 SongName
Setting:
on, off
A Refer to P.132 for details on the relation between the
MIDI channels and each part.
Use up to 8 letters to name the song.
The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the
same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for
details.
A Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or
copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.
111
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
DT
X
YA
D UL
MO
R
AHA DRU
Utility Mode
E
M
M
TRIG GE
This mode sets the general parameters which affect the entire DTX system.
Entering Utility Mode
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Press the UTILITY button.
DRUM
KIT
TRIGGER
CHAIN
VOICE
SONG
UTILITY
UTILITY
[SYSTEM]
PATTERN
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
STORE
The Utility Mode (page structure and operation)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The Utility Mode has 5 sub-modes (1.SYSTEM, 9.MIDI, 20.EQ, 25.SEQ, and 36.MULTI). Each sub-mode
contains multiple display pages of parameter settings.
Sub-mode
number
UTILITY
UTILITY
UTILITY
UTILITY
UTILITY
Parameter
[SYSTEM]
[ MIDI ]
[ EQ ]
[ SEQ ]
[ MULTI]
! Select the sub-mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
" Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to move the cursor to the display page within the sub-mode you have
selected.
# Set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
AUse the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the appropriate focus area if there are multiple parameter focus areas on the diplay
page.
AAny revision in Utility mode will directly change the settings of the DTX. There is no confirmation process or Store function in this mode.
$ Press the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons and return to the 1st display page of the sub-mode (title page) and
rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select a different sub-mode. Display
pages for sub-modes 1.SYSTEM, 12.MIDI, 24.EQ, 29.SEQ, and 41.MULTI are the title pages that
represent 5 sub-modes with the multiple display pages listed on the next page.Furthermore, you can
return to the title page of the current category by pressing the UTILITY button.
112
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
Functions of Each Display Page
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Overall system settings
1 SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................ (P.114): Title Page
2 EditMode ........................................................................................................... (P.114)
3 LinkMode .......................................................................................................... (P.115)
4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ..................................................................................... (P.115)
5 SldrMode (slider mode) .................................................................................... (P.116)
6 Bypass ............................................................................................................... (P.116)
7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ....................................................................... (P.116)
8 FCoffset ............................................................................................................. (P.117)
9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) .................................................... (P.117)
10 Inc Func (increase function) ............................................................................. (P.117)
11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................................................ (P.117)
MIDI related settings
12 MIDI ............................................................................................................................... (P.117): Title Page
13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................................................ (P.117)
14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive) ........................................................ (P.117)
15 Receive PC (receiving program change) ............................................................ (P.118)
16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)
17 RecvCh10 PC (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)
18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) ............................................................... (P.118)
19 LocalClt (local control) ..................................................................................... (P.118)
20 DumpTime ........................................................................................................ (P.119)
21 MergeOut ........................................................................................................... (P.119)
22 Dump Out (bulk data send) .............................................................................. (P.119)
23 P/C->KIT (program change table) .................................................................... (P.120)
Equalizer settings
24 EQ (equalizer) ................................................................................................................. (P.120): Title Page
25 Lo Mi Hi (gain: low, mid, high) ......................................................................... (P.121)
26 Lo Freq (low frequency) .................................................................................... (P.121)
27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) ................................................................................. (P.121)
28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ................................................................................... (P.121)
CLICK and synchronization related settings
29 SEQ (sequencer) ............................................................................................................. (P.122): Title Page
30 Click Hi ............................................................................................................. (P.122)
31 ClickMid ............................................................................................................ (P.122)
32 Click Lo ............................................................................................................. (P.122)
33 ClickOut ............................................................................................................ (P.123)
34 PlyClick (play click) .......................................................................................... (P.123)
113
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
35 Tempo ............................................................................................................... (P.123)
36 Count................................................................................................................. (P.123)
37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................................................. (P.124)
38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................................................ (P.124)
39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) .................................................................................... (P.125)
40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ................................................................... (P.125)
Multi-timbre tone generator settings
41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ..................................................................................................... (P.126): Title Page
42 MastTune (master tune) .................................................................................... (P.126)
43 Program ............................................................................................................. (P.126)
44 Volume .............................................................................................................. (P.127)
45 Pan ..................................................................................................................... (P.127)
46 Pitch .................................................................................................................. (P.128)
47 Rev Send (reverb send) ..................................................................................... (P.128)
A The "9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)," "10 Inc Func (increase function)," and "11 Dec Func (decrease function)" are additional
features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.
1
2 EditMode
SYSTEM
The System sub-mode contains various
convenient functions which affect the entire
system. Select from 11 display pages using the
PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to change the
parameters which adjust the LCD display or
panel sliders.
A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
UTILITY
[SYSTEM]
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
This mode enables you to hide the pages of the
functions that are not frequently used in Drum
Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit
mode.
Select the edit mode by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The following two modes are available.
easy .............. Display pages 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29 and 31
will not be displayed in Drum Kit Trigger
Edit mode. Pages 9, 12, 16, 17, 18, 19,
20, and 21 will not be displayed in Drum
Kit Voice Edit mode. The settings will still
function although the display pages are not
displayed.
advance ......... Displays all pages.
EditMode
=advance
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
easy, advance
114
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
3 LinkMode
4 Lrn Mode (learn mode)
This function applies the trigger related data of
drum kit number 1 to any selected drum kit.
If the input data is unique to each drum kit,
it may be necessary to reconnect the pads.
By using LinkMode, you can always use the pad
velocity or note number assignment in the same
way as in drumkit 1 and play by changing the
drum voice assignments of the drum kits.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select LinkMode. The
following 2 modes are available.
global ..................... Always applies the following trigger
input setting data of drum kit
number 1. The data of the output
voice is not linked and therefore, it is
possible to set this mode
independently.
PAD Type, PAD Gain, Level Range, Velocity Range,
Velocity Curve, Self Rejection, Specified Rejection, Pad
Function, FS Function, FS MIDI Channel, FS Controlchange Number, FS HH Close-Velocity, FC Function, FC
MIDI Channel, FC Control-change Number, FC
Sensitivity, HH Control Input
This function enables you to select the input
jack number or MIDI note number by hitting a
pad when you are editing in Drum Kit Trigger
Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode,
respectively.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select Learn mode. The
following 3 modes are available.
always ........... In Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode, the input
jack number of the pad that is connected
will appear on the LCD each time you play
a pad. In Drum Kit Voice Edit mode, the
MIDI note number assigned in Drum Kit
Trigger Edit mode will appear on the LCD
each time you play a pad.
w/shift .......... You can set the input jack number or MIDI
note number in the same manner as above
by playing a pad while holding SHIFT.
off ................. The Learn mode will not function. Select
the input jack number or MIDI note
number manually.
indiv (individual) .. The trigger input data set for each
drum kit will be used.
Lrn Mode
= always
LinkMode
= global
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
always, w/shift, off
Settings:
global, indiv
A When this parameter is set to “global” and you edit a
drum kit other than drum kit number 1 in Drum Kit Trigger Edit
Mode, You will automatically change the contents of both that
drum kit and drum kit number 1.
115
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
5 SldrMode (slider mode)
The Slider mode changes the assignments of the
ACCOMP/SNARE/CYMBAL and CLICK/KICK/
MISC. volume sliders on the panel.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select Sldr mode. The
following 2 modes are available.
prctice (practice)
(practice mode) .... The sliders adjust the volume of
ACCOMP(accompaniment) and CLICK
(metronome sound), respectively. By
holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the
volume of SNARE and KICK.
live (mode) ......... The sliders adjust the volume of
SNARE and KICK, respectively. By
holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the
volume of CYMBAL and MISC. (other
instruments).
6 Bypass
This function turns the Bypass on or off. When
the Bypass is on, no input will enter the DTX
from the connected pads. You will not be able
to produce voices or transmit MIDI note
numbers.
Use this function when you are setting your
drum kit with trigger pick-up devices, or when
you do not want to accidentally make a sound
while you are playing a pattern or song.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the Bypass on or off.
Be sure to turn the Bypass off when you are
using the DTX as a regular drum kit trigger
module.
Bypass
SldrMode
=prctice
=
off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
Settings:
prctice, live
7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)
This function enables you to display the page
last selected in the previous edit of each Edit
mode. This is convenient when you are using
edit modes with many display pages such as the
Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or the Utility
mode.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn JumpRcnt on or off.
on ................. The display page last selected in the
previous edit will appear when you enter
each Edit mode.
off ................. The first page of each mode will appear
when you enter each Edit mode.
JumpRcnt
Page= on
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
116
Settings:
off, on
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
8 FCoffset
13 DeviceNo (device number)
This sets the value of the data sent by a foot
controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL
jack on the rear panel to a + (plus) or - (minus)
level. For example, you can delicately adjust
the ouput MIDI velocity by stepping on the hihat foot controller and closing the hi-hat.
Set the offset value using the Data Scroll Wheel
or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
This sets the MIDI device number. The device
number of both the DTX and the external
device should be assigned to the same number
to receive or transmit system exclusive messages
such as the parameter change and bulk data.
Choose the number by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
FCoffset
DeviceNo
=
=
0
1
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
-16 to +16
Settings:
1 to 16
9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
10 Inc Func (increase function)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
11 Dec Func (decrease function)
14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive
data)
This enables the DTX to receive system
exclusive messages when you are receiving a
bulk dump.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. When the function is on, it will receive
system exclusive messages. Turn the function
off when you do not want to receive system
exclusive messages.
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
Receive
SysX= on
12 MIDI
The MIDI sub-mode contains various MIDI
settings. Select from 23 display pages using the
PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. The settings are to
receive or send MIDI data between the DTX and
an external MIDI device.
AMove from this title page to other sub-modes by rotating
the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
UTILITY
[ MIDI ]
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
117
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
15
Receive PC (receiving program change
data)
This enables or disables the DTX to received
MIDI program change.
Set this function on when you want to change
the drum kit number automatically or by using
an external MIDI device.
ASet the program change data receiving parameter of
channel 10 on the 14th display page of this mode.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. When the function is on, it will receive
MIDI program change. Turn the function off
when you are not receiving.
Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set
the parameters to switch the drum kits in the
DTX automatically or by using an external MIDI
device. It is also necessary to set the program
change receive parameter of the 15th display
page “on” in order to enable the settings of this
parameter.
AGo to the 23th display page to match the program
change number to the drum kit you want to switch. Refer to P.
120 for further details.
Turn the parameter on or off by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/
NO buttons. MIDI channel 10 will be able to
receive program change messages when the
parameter is on. Set the parameter off when it
is not necessary to receive the messages.
Receive
PC=
RecvCh10
on
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
PC=
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
Settings:
off, on
16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI channel
message through channel 10)
This enables or disables the DTX to receive
MIDI channel messages through channel 10.
Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set
this parameter to play DTX drum kits
automatically or by using an external MIDI
device.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. When the function is on, channel 10 will
receive MIDI channel messages. Turn the
function off when you are not receiving.
RecvCh10
All= on
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change)
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
19 LocalCtl (local control)
This function turns Local Control on or off.
When the Local Control is off, the flow of MIDI
signals triggered by connected pads is
disconnected from the tone generator of the
DTX and can only transmit from MIDI OUT
(you will not be able to hear the DTX tone
generator). This enables you to control the tone
generator of the DTX from an external MIDI
device connected to MIDI IN.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. Turn the function on in normal operation,
otherwise the DTX will not output the signals
from the output jacks (no sound).
Settings:
off, on
LocalCtl
ASet the parameters to receive program change data from
channel 10 on the 17th display page.
17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change
through channel 10)
This enables or disables the DTX to receive program
change messages through MIDI channel 10.
118
on
=
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
on
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
20 DumpTime
22 Dump Out (bulk data send)
This sets the length of intervals between the
packets of data sent by Bulk Data Send. The
intervals can be adjusted to the capacity of the
external receiving device and prevent data
overflow.
Set the dump time by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The time can be set from 50 ms to 300 ms by an
increment of 50 ms.
DumpTime
= 100ms
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 (ms)
21 MergeOut
This sets the MIDI Merge function on or off.
When this function is on, it is possible to mix
data from an external MIDI device connected to
the MIDI IN with internal MIDI data and output
the mixed MIDI data.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off.
If you are using the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer
MDF2 or an external device such as a sequencer
that can receive exclusive messages, use this
function to store or backup the patterns, songs,
chains, drum kits, or system data by sending the
bulk data to the device.
A Properly connect the external MIDI device enabling it to
receive the bulk data. Read the manual to set up the device.
! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/
YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type of
bulk data that will be sent from the following
types:
all data .......... All the data in the DTX.
system .......... System data.
cur DKIT ...... The data of the drum kit currently selected
in Drum Kit Play mode.
all DKIT ........ All the drum kit data.
curCHAIN .... The data of the chain currently selected in
Chain Play mode.
allCHAIN ..... All the chain data.
cur SONG ..... The data of the song currently selected in
Song Play mode.
all SONG ...... All the song data.
curPATRN .... The data of the pattern currently selected
in Pattern Play mode.
allPATRN ..... All the pattern data.
QY PATRN ... Outputs the pattern data currently selected
in Pattern Play mode in QY20/22 format.
Dump Out
all data
MergeOut
=
off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
119
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD
will display “Sure? y/n.”
23 P/C➔KIT (program change table)
This determines the program change number
that will be used to change the drum kit
number from an external MIDI device or with in
the DTX.
Dump Out
Sure?y/n
! Move the cursor to the program change
number using the Q cursor buttons
and set the program change number by
rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the
+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Press the +1/YES button to send bulk data.
The LCD will display “complete” for a
moment when the operation is completed
and the display will return to the original
Dump Out display page.
Press the -1/NO button to cancel the bulk
data operation.
" Move the cursor to the drum kit number and
select the drum kit number by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and
-1/NO buttons.
# Repeat steps ! and " and assign each
program change number to the drum kits.
Dump Out
P/C->KIT
complete
Program change
number
Drum kit number
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Receiving Bulk Data
You can send DTX data stored in an external device
back to the DTX by using bulk data reception.
! When the pattern or song is not playing, send
bulk data from an external device.
" When the DTX starts to receive bulk data, the
following screen will appear on the LCD.
Bulk in
Complete
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# When the DTX has completed receiving all the
data, the following screen will appear on the
LCD.
1-> 16
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Program change number: 1 to 128
Drum kit number: off, 1 to 64
24
EQ (equalizer)
The EQ sub-mode controls the internal
equalizer settings. Select between this page and
the 28th page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄
buttons. Adjust the quality of the entire sound
output from the DTX using the equalizer page
featuring parametric type settings of 3 frequency
ranges: LOW, MID, and HIGH.
A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
Bulk in
Complete
UTILITY
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
$ To return to the original display (before
receiving bulk data), press any button or key.
It is necessary to set the DTX to receive exclusive
messages (P.117). It is also necessary to match the
device number of the external device to the device
number of the DTX (P.117).
120
[
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
EQ ]
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
25 Lo Mi Hi (gain)
27 Mid Freq (mid frequency)
Set the gain to 3 frequency ranges: low, middle,
and high. It is possible to boost or decrease the
selected range using this function.
This function sets the center frequency of the
middle frequency range of gain control.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.
Move the cursor to the Lo, Mi, or Hi focus area
using the Q cursor buttons and set the
gain by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The positive
(plus “+”) values boost the range and the
negative (minus “-”) values decrease the range.
Mid Freq
F= 800Hz
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Lo Mi Hi
+0 +0 +0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
100Hz to 10 kHz
28 Hi Freq (high frequency)
Low
Middle
High
Settings:
The following values can be set to each Lo, Mi, or Hi focus
area.
-6 to 0 to +6
This function sets the center frequency of the
high frequency range of gain control.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.
Hi Freq
26 Lo Freq (low frequency)
This function sets the center frequency of the
low frequency range of gain control.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.
Lo Freq
F=2.0kHz
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
500 to 16 kHz
F= 100Hz
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
32Hz to 2.0 kHz
121
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
29 SEQ (sequencer)
The SEQ sub-mode contains the settings related
to the CLICK and synchronization. Select the
parameters between this page and the 40th page
using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. This
function is mainly used to synchronize the
metronome or external MIDI device.
A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
31 Click Mid
This function sets the sound of the normal click
(the click of each quarter note) of the
metronome.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of
the sound you want to use. Check the sound
by pressing the CLICK button to play the
metronome.
UTILITY
ClickMid
[ SEQ ]
Note= 24
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Note number: 0-127
30 Click Hi
This function sets the sound of the accent click
(the click at the beginning of each measure) of
the metronome.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of
the sound you want to use. Check the sound
by pressing the CLICK button to play the
metronome.
32 Click Lo
This function sets the sound of other clicks (the
clicks set to notes of finer quantization) of the
metronome.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of
the sound you want to use. Check the sound
by pressing the CLICK button to play the
metronome.
Click Hi
Note= 22
Click Lo
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Note number: 0-127
ANote that the sounds used for the CLICK (hi, mid, low)
may differ depending on the currently selected drum kit since
the voices assigned to the MIDI note numbers are different.
Refer to the drum kit list (P.148) for the voice assignment of
each note number.
122
Note= 23
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Note number: 0-127
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
35 Tempo
33 ClickOut
This function sets the destination output of the
CLICK. For example, you can set separate
outputs for the click and song, and the
drummer can use the click as a guide click
when playing to a song created by the DTX in a
live performance or studio recording.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the output jack.
Select the jack from the following:
mainL+R ....... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack
and OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel.
aux L+R ........ Output from the AUX OUT L jack and
AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel.
main L .......... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack
on the rear panel.
main R .......... Output from the OUTPUT R jack on the
rear panel.
aux L ............ Output from the AUX OUT L jack on the
rear panel.
aux R ............ Output from the AUX OUT R jack on the
rear panel.
ClickOut
=mainL+R
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
mainL+R, aux L+R, main L, main R, aux L, aux R
34 PlyClick (play click)
This function sets the tempo of a pattern to
either change each time to its default tempo, or
remain unchanged at a set tempo when the
pattern is switched in Pattern Play mode.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the tempo. The
following two parameter settings are available.
pattern .......... Changes the tempo of the pattern to its
default tempo when the pattern is
switched.
global ............ Tempo remains unchanged at a set tempo
when the pattern is switched.
Tempo
=pattern
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
pattern, global
36 Count
This function turns the countdown before
playing or recording a pattern or song, on or
off.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. The countdown will be delivered when the
function is on.
This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.
Please refer to the System Upgrade Information
Guide (included in this package).
Count
=
off
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
off, on
123
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
37 GrvCheck (groove check)
This sets the Groove Check mode from the
following two types:
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. The
following two types are available.
single ............ The DTX shows how loose the data
received from a pad or drum is from the
beat in clock units. This is convenient to
check the timing of a snare or kick. The
minimum unit value of the groove check
function depends on the quantization
setting of the click.
average ......... The LCD diaplays the average percentage
of the beat timing against the precise beat
of the groove check. 100% stands for 1/
16th note quantization. This enables you
to check the groove of the entire drum set.
GrvCheck
= single
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
38
Break TB (break top/bottom)
This function enables you to insert a break into
the rhythm in Pattern Play mode. (Only the
rhythm of the specified measure(s) will be
muted.) Set the length of the break by selecting
the number of measures.
! First select the pattern in Pattern Play mode
and enter this page.
" Move the cursor to T (TOP) and B
(BOTTOM) using the Q cursor
buttons and set the number of the measure
to break (mute) by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons. T and B have the following
functions:
T (TOP) .............. Mutes the selected measures of the
rhythm part from the beginning of the
pattern.
B (BOTTOM) ...... Mute the selected measures of the
rhythm part from the end of the
pattern.
For example, if you want to mute the rhythm
part of the 1st and 4th measures of a 4-measure
pattern, set the number in the T and B focus
areas to “1”.
4-measure pattern
Settings:
single, average
1
ARefer to P.97 for further details on the groove check
function.
2
3
4
mute
mute
T=1
B=1
ASet the T and B focus areas to “0” if you are not muting
any of the measures in this pattern.
# Press the START/STOP button to exit this
function and the mute settings will be
effective on the currently selected pattern.
A This function will affect all patterns, and therefore the
result may not be what you intend if you apply the same setting
to a pattern with a different number of measures.
Break TB
T (TOP)
T=0 B=0
B (BOTTOM)
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
T (TOP): 0 to 8
B (BOTTOM): 0 to 8
124
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control)
This sets the DTX to transmit or receive system
real-time messages (start, continue, stop).
When this function is enabled, you can control
the external sequencers or rhythm machines
using the START/STOP button on the DTX
panel as well as control the DTX pattern or
song playback from an external sequencer.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or
off. When the function is on, it will transmit or
receive the system real-time messages. Turn the
function off when not in use.
40 SyncMode (synchronization mode)
This synchronizes the DTX with the external
MIDI devices such as the rhythm machine.
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the SyncMode. The
following two modes are available:
int ................. Enables you to start/stop/continue/tempo
and synchronize the playback of an
external MIDI device from the DTX.
ext ................ Enables you to control the start/stop/
continue/tempo and synchronize the
pattern or song playback of the DTX from
an external MIDI device.
MIDIctrl
ASet the function to int if you are not playing in sync with
an external MIDI device.
=
A It is necessary to first enable the transmission/reception
of System Real-time Message (start/stop/continue).
on
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
SyncMode
Settings:
off, on
=
int
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
int, ext
125
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
41 MULTI (multi-timbre)
This MULTI sub-mode contains the DTX
settings used as a multi-timbre tone generator.
Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to select
between this page and the 47th page.
AIf you are using the DTX as a tone generator, you are
required to connect the keyboard or computer (sequencer) to
the DTX using MIDI cable(s). Refer to P.129 for details.
43 Program
This assigns (normal) keyboard voices to each
part (1 to 16). Each voice will correspond to
the program change numbers 1 to 128 (GM
system level 1).
AThe drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode is
assigned to part 10.
UTILITY
! Move the cursor and select the part number
by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
[ MULTI]
" Move the cursor to the voice name and select
the voice you want to use.
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
# Repeat steps ! and " and assign a voice to
each part.
A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the
Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
42 MastTune (master tune)
ARefer to P.147 for details on voice list.
A It is also possible to set a part other than 10 to the drum
kit. A drum kit is available after program change number 128.
When this is set to a drum kit (since rhythm instruments are not
assigned to all of the note numbers) the LCD will display "No
Voice" on the LCD when the data transmitted from an external
MIDI device cannot be generated by the DTX.
This function sets the master tuning of the tone
generator. Fine tuning can be done by
approximately 1.2 cent increments or
decrements.
Part number
Program
Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES
and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter.
MastTune
=
0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
-64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit= 1.171875 cent)
126
Voice name
GrandPno
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
Program change numbers 1 to 128 and a drum kit can
be assigned to parts 1 to 16.
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
44 Volume
45 Pan
This adjusts the volume of the voice assigned to
the part. Balance the volume of each part when
you are using the DTX as a multi-timbre tone
generator.
This sets the Pan position for each voice
assigned to each part. This defines the pan
position of the voice between left and right in a
stereo image.
! Move the cursor to the part number focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
part number.
! Move the cursor to the part number focus
area rotae the Data Scroll Wheel or use the
+1/YES and
-1/NO buttons to select the part number.
" Move the cursor to the volume (focus area)
and set the volume by rotating the Data
Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons.
" Move the cursor to the pan focus area and
set the panning by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the volume for
each part.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pan of each
part.
Part number
Part number
Pan
Volume
Pan
Voice name
=
=
100
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following volume parameters can be set for parts 1
to 16.
0 to 127
0
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following pan position can be set for the parts 1 to
16.
L7 (=far left) to 0 (=center) to R7 (=far right)
127
Feature Reference — Utility Mode
46 Pitch
47 Rev Send (Reverb Send)
This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to
each part. Tune the pitch either by semitones
(coarse) or by approximately 1.2 cent
increments (fine).
! Move the cursor to the part number. Focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
part number.
" Move the cursor to the coarse tune focus
area or the fine tune focus area and set the
pitch by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or
using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch of
each part.
This sets the reverb send level for each voice
assigned to each part.
! Move the cursor to the part number focus
area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use
the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the
number.
" Move the cursor to the level focus area and
set the level by rotating the Data Scroll
Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO
buttons. The larger the value, the larger the
send level.
# Repeat steps ! and " to set the reverb send
level of each part.
Part number
Part number
Rev Send
Pitch
Coarse tune
Reverb send
level
=
40
C 0F 0
Fine tune
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following settings can be set for the parts 1 to 16.
C (coarse tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63
(unit=semitone)
F (fine tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=Ca.
1.2 cent)
128
MISC.
CYMBAL
SNARE
KICK
Settings:
The following send level can be set for the parts 1 to 16.
0 to 127.
AThe actual reverb send level of the drum kit in part 10 is
the level indicated here multiplied by the reverb send level on
the 5th display page of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.
Appendix — MIDI
MIDI
The DTX contains various MIDI functions. By using the MIDI functions you can play or control external
synthesizers, computers or sequencers connected to the DTX by hitting connected pads or drum sets with
triggers and create a large music system configuration. This can be used in various situations such as live
performances, parties and events.
This section provides basic knowledge regarding the MIDI functions as well as ways to actually use the
MIDI functions of the DTX.
Basic Information
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) world standard protocol was developed by a consortium of
musical instrument hardware and software manufacturers. It is a kind of common language to permit
performance and other data to be transferred and acknowledged between different instruments or even
instruments made by different manufacturers. Different electronic instruments developed in different
environments can communicate to each other with this common language.
MIDI standard instruments transmit various performance commands or settings in the form of “messages”
consisting of digital data (data that is converted into numbers). There are 2 categories of messages: a channel
message and a system message. A channel message refers to the data regarding a keyboard note or musical
expression (dumper pedal or volume) that can be transmitted through each designated MIDI channel. A
system message refers to the data that enables multiple instruments linked together to function as a MIDI
system.
The DTX is equipped with a [MIDI OUT] channel to send out these messages to other MIDI devices and a
[MIDI IN] channel to receive messages from other MIDI devices. Use exclusive MIDI cables to connect the
devices between the [MIDI IN] and [MIDI OUT] channels.
SNARE
CONTRAST
OUT
IN
MIDI
This jack is used to
send out MIDI signals.
This jack is used to
receive MIDI signals.
AYou can buy MIDI cables at music instruments stores that carry electronic instruments. The length of the cables vary from 15 m to 30 cm
depending on the purpose.
MIDI Connection
Check and see if the direction of the plug pins match the jack and plug in straightly. Connect the MIDI OUT
jack of the device that will send a MIDI signal to the MIDI IN jack of the device that will receive a MIDI
signal.
AThe types of MIDI data that can be handled may differ depending on the MIDI device, and you may only be able to control the common
functions between a set of MIDI devices. Use the MIDI Implementation Chart (P.168) to look up the common MIDI functions.
DTX
Tone
generator
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
External
MIDI device
MIDI IN
MIDI OUT
129
Appendix — MIDI
MIDI Functions on the DTX
As mentioned above, MIDI messages can be divided into a channel message and a system message. The
following section describes the kind of data can be transmitted in these messages along with general MIDI
knowledge and explanations.
In order to transmit MIDI data from the DTX, it is necessary to set the various MIDI function parameters on
the display pages in Utility mode (P.112). Reference pages are indicated by each item to look for details on
how to operate or set each message.
Channel Message
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
You can transmit the following channel messages from or to the DTX. In order to transmit a channel
message, it is necessary to match the MIDI transmission channel (P.42, 92, 110, 118) of the DTX to channel
where the external MIDI device is connected.
Key Data
This data is the most important data concerning the performance of the DTX and in general these messages
are sent when a MIDI keyboard or synthesizer is played. It is also possible to send this data from an external
keyboard or sequencer and play the DTX. In the opposite manner, it is also possible to play a pad connected
to the DTX, a pattern or song and send these messages to play other external synthesizers.
Note On ........ Generated when a key is pressed.
Velocity ........ Shows how hard the key is struck.
Note Off ........ Generated when a key is released.
The DTX contains drum voices and keyboard voices. Each drum voice (drum or percussion sound) is assigned to MIDI
note numbers 0 to 127 and each keyboard voice is assigned to the half notes of MIDI note numbers 0 to 127. For
example, if you play an external MIDI keyboard and send the key data of note number 60, you will hear the drum voice
(drum or percussion sound) assigned to note number 60 on the DTX if it is a drum voice and note number 60 (or C3) if
it is a keyboard voice. Also, if you are sending key data from the DTX by playing a pad connected, you can also send
the note number data assigned to the input of the pad connected to an external device
To correctly send key data from the DTX is it necessary to match the MIDI send channel to the channel of the external
MIDI device on the 13th display page of Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.42) Also, if you want to play a drum voice on
the DTX from an external MIDI keyboard, it is necessary to set the send channel of the external MIDI keyboard to 10.
Program Change
This data is used to switch the tone. When you switch a drum kit on the DTX, the numbers assigned to each
drum kit are sent. You can also switch the drum kit on the DTX by sending these messages from other
keyboards or sequencers.
In order to send program change data, it is necessary to assign the program change number on the 16th
display pages of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.59). Also, in order to receive program change data, it is
necessary to set the parameter on the 15th display page of Utility mode to “receive” (P.118).
130
Appendix — MIDI
Control Change
This data is used to enhance your musical expression by conveying commands such as for the dumper pedal,
effects and volume. Each function has a control number and the general value variable for each control
ranges between 0 and 127. The DTX tone generator can receive various control change data. It is also
possible to use the foot controller to send control change data to an external MIDI device. The following are
examples of well known control change data.
Ctrl.No.001 Modulation ....... Used to adjust the depth of a vibrato.
Ctrl.No.007 Volume ............. Used to adjust the volume.
Ctrl.No.010 Pad ................... Used to adjust the pan position (left or right position in a stereo image).
Ctrl.No.011 Expression ....... Used to adjust the volume of a musical expression.
Ctrl.No.064 Dumper Pedal .. Used to set the effect when the dumper pedal of a piano is stepped on.
Ctrl.No.91 Reverb Depth ..... Used to adjust the depth of an effect (reverb) of a connected synthesizer or MIDI tone generator.
In order to send control change data using a foot controller, it is necessary to assign the channel of the
control change type you are sending on the 23rd display page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.47).
ARefer to the MIDI Implementation Chart on P.168 for details on the control change data of the DTX.
Pitch Bend
This data sends the pitch bend data of a pitch bend wheel normally equipped on a synthesizer that bends the
pitch up or down. The DTX tone generator can receive pitch bend data. You can also send pitch bend data
to an external MIDI device using a foot controller (P.47).
System Message
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The DTX transmits the following system messages. The system message can be transmitted regardless of the
MIDI channel settings.
Real-time Message
This data synchronizes multiple MIDI devices. You can start, continue or stop an external rhythm machine
or sequencer by pressing the START, PAUSE, or STOP buttons on the DTX, or synchronize a pattern or song
on the DTX using the MIDI clock from an external device.
In order to transmit start, continue or stop data, it is necessary to set the System Real-time Message parameter
on the 39th display page in Utility mode to “transmit”. It is also necessary to set the parameters regarding
synchronized performance on the 40th display page in Utility mode.
Exclusive Message
This data is mainly used to exchange system or tone data exclusive to a specific device. You can use the
exclusive message to store the drum kit, pattern, or song data on your DTX by sending the bulk data to an
external device such as a sequencer or computer, or recall such data to the DTX from the sequencer or
computer.
Refer to P.119 for details on the transmission of exclusive messages.
131
Appendix — MIDI
Using the MIDI Functions
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Nowadays, the ways to use MIDI functions are widely diversified and differ by MIDI device or musician. The
following are simple case studies and hints on how to use the DTX in a MIDI system. The rest depends on
your original ideas.
Using the DTX as a Computer Music Tone Generator
The word “Computer Music” has been used for a long time, and in this age of personal computers, the word
MIDI or the production of music using MIDI has now become a generic term.
Most of the music produced now generally use MIDI tone generators on personal computer or sequencer
software because of the large number of sounds or parts (number of channels that can be played at the same
time) that can be released simultaneously. The recent trend in particular is to use XG and GM (General
MIDI) standards which provide common formats for tones to ease the transmission of MIDI song data and
provide the compatibility to playback the original tones. The DTX is equipped with both GM standards.
The following illustration is an example of how to connect and use the DTX as a tone generator in a system
configuration using such computers or MIDI music production systems.
The DTX has various functions to receive MIDI data, and it is possible to think of many ways to use this with
the functions of external keyboards or sequence software.
By connecting the DTX according to the following illustration, it is possible to play the DTX using a
programming keyboard (to enter the MIDI data) or use the DTX as a tone generator to play the MIDI data
from a computer. As mentioned above, the DTX tone generator complies to the GM standards known as the
standard of computer music. The DTX is also equipped with the capability to play 32 sounds at one time
enabling you to play instrument parts (up to 16 parts) at one time. You can also set the volume and pan of
each part easily (P.127). The DTX also complies to control change or program change data used frequently
in MIDI song data enabling you to preserve compatibility with other MIDI data. The DTX has the multi-tone
generator functions and compatibility to produce computer music.
Furthermore, it is necessary to set the sequencer or MIDI keyboard send channel to channel numbers 1 to 16
for each part for the DTX to be able to receive the key data of each part correctly.
MIDI OUT
MIDI keyboard
MIDI IN
Parts and Voices
MIDI
interface
MIDI
channel
1
1
2 Melody
2
3 and others
3
4
4
5
5
Chord
6
6
7 Bass
7
8 Melody
8
9 and others
9
10 Drum (rhythm)
10
11
11
12
12
13 Melody
13
and others
14
14
15
15
16
16
Part
MIDI OUT
Personal computer
MIDI IN
Voices
to use
Keyboard
voice
Drum voice
Keyboard
voice
DTX
A It is necessary to prepare a MIDI interface and sequence software that works with the computer or keyboard you are using.
132
○
Appendix — MIDI
Using the DTX as a MIDI Interface
The trigger response of the DTX is fast enough to serve as a MIDI trigger interface.
By playing a pad or drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX as in the following illustration, the DTX
will send the Key On or Key Off data of the note number (P.40) set to each input. It is possible to overlay
tone modules from external tone generators or sampler sounds on the DTX sounds to create a thick sound.
Also, by switching the drum kits, you can send program change data (P.120).
It is necessary to set the MIDI send channel to match the channel of the external MIDI device so that the DTX
correctly receives the key data (P.42, 92, 110, 118).
Tone generator modules
MIDI IN
MIDI OUT
DTX
Using the DTX in Live Performances
The next illustration shows how to connect the DTX to external tone generator modules or sequencers to
control them and create a large scale configuration for live performances.
For example, by using a pad or foot switch connected to the DTX, you can start or stop a MIDI real-time
message (P.125) thereby being able to synchronize a music system on a personal computer to a song on the
DTX and conduct a solo live performance. By using the MIDI patch bay, you can play an external synthesizer
(using MIDI note send signals) over a song from the DTX or the playing of your pad and produce a thicker
sound. Use the chain function of the DTX to create a chain of drum kits in a designated order in advance to
the song you will be playing at a live performance. It is also better if you set the reverb (P.55) for each voice
when you are creating a drum kit to improve the music expression when playing real-time in a live
performance.
DTX
MIDI
patch bay
MIDI
interface
Tone generator
Personal computer
–
Synthesizer
–
Synthesizer
133
Appendix — MIDI
MIDI Data Format
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
1 Channel Message
The channel message for MIDI channel 10 will not be received if
the “RecvCh10 All” (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to
“off”.
1.1
Key On or Key Off
○
○
○
○
○
○
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.2.2
0 bank select MSB
1 modulation
Sends and receives data.
1.2.3
6 data entry
Sends and receives data. Used to specify RPN data.
1.2.4
1.3.4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Channel Mode Message
120 all sound off
121 reset all controllers
123 all note off
124 omni off
Executes the same process as “all note off”.
1.3.5
125 omni on
Executes the same process as “all note off”.
1.3.6
126 mono
Executes the same process as “all sound off”.
1.3.7
127 poly
Executes the same process as “all sound off”.
1.4
Program Change
When the Recv Ch10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set
to “off”, the DTX will not receive program change data.
10 pan
Sends and receives data.
0 is the far left of a stereo image and 127 is the far right of a stereo
image.
1.2.6
○
7 main volume
Sends and receives data.
1.2.5
○
Turns off all the notes of the specified channels currently on.
They will however, not be muted unless “hold 1” is turned off.
Control Change
Sends and receives data.
data = 0: (normal) keyboard voice
data = 127: drum voice
The data will not be processed unless program change data is
received.
○
Sets the following controller values back to its initial value:
pitchbend, modulation, expression, hold1, portament control,
RPN number
1.3.3
1.2.1
○
Mutes all the sounds currently playing through the specified
channel.
Sends and receives data.
Receive note range: C2 to G8
Velocity range: 1 to 127 (note on only)
1.2
○
When the RecvCh10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set
to “off”, the DTX will not receive MIDI channel 10 program
change data.
11 expression
Sends and receives data.
1.2.7
When the DTX receives a "GM system ON" or "XG system ON"
message from an external device, it will only receive the following
drum voice program change numbers:
No: 1, 2, 9, 17, 25, 26, 33, 41, 49
When the DTX receives a "DTX system ON" signal, the program
numbers received, will not be limited to the above.
64 hold 1
Sends and receives data.
1.2.8
71 harmonic content
Sends and receives data.
1.2.9
72 release time
Sends and receives data.
1.2.10
1.5
Pitch Bend
Sends and receives data.
73 attack time
Sends and receives data.
1.2.11
74 brightness
1.6
Sends and receives data.
1.2.12
84 portamento control
Sends and receives data.
1.2.13
Channel Aftertouch
Does not send or receive data.
91 effect1 depth
1.7
Polyphonic Aftertouch
Does not send or receive data.
Sends and receives data.
1.2.14
100, 101 data increment/decrement
Sends and receives data.
1.2.15
2 System Exclusive Message
RPN
When the Receive SysX (P.117) parameter in Utility mode is set to
“off”, the DTX will not receive system exclusive messages.
$00/$00 pitch bend sensitivity: Receive only.
$00/$01 fine tuning: Receive only.
$00/$02 coarse tuning: Receive only.
$71/$71 NULL: Receive only.
The DTX will not receive system exclusive messages that do not
match the device number set in the DeviceNo. (P.117) parameter
in Utility mode (with exceptions).
The next section is based on the following notations:
●Hexadecimal expressions are used for numbers.
●The contents in { } are repeated more than once.
●The contents in “ “ are ASCII characters.
●“n” stands for device number.
●“ss ss” indicates the upper 7 bits and the lower 7 bits of the data
following directly after up to “csum (check sum)”.
●“csum” indicates the lower 7 bits of the supplementary value: 2
of the sum of the data after “ss ss” up to “csum”.
134
Appendix — MIDI
2.1
Parameter Change
2.3
Receives only.
2.1.1
GM system ON
F0 7E 7F 09 01 F7
Sets all the data except the MIDI master tuning data to its initial
value.
2.1.2
3 Realtime Message
Sends and receives data.
3.1
3.2
identify request F0 7E 0n 06 01 F7
MIDI master volume
F0 7F 7F 04 01 XX mm F7
Ignores “XX”. “mm” is the volume.
2.1.6
2.2
start, continue, stop
If the MIDIctrl (P.125) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”,
the DTX will not receive start, continue or stop data.
Sends identify reply.
2.1.5
timing clock
Synchronizes with the timing clock received when the SyncMode
(P.125) in Utility mode is set to “ext”.
DTX system ON
F043 7D in "DT" 7F F7
Cancells the program change limitations of the drum channel.
2.1.4
The compliant bulk dump is sent to the “cccc” area.
XG system ON
F0 43 1n 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7
Executes the same process as GM system ON.
2.1.3
Dump Request
Receives only.
F0 43 7D 2n “DTX” “cccc” F7
3.3
active sensing
MIDI master tune
Once active sensing data has been received, if no MIDI data is
subsequently received for longer than an interval of approximately
300 msec, the DTX will mute all the sounds.
F0 43 1n 27 30 00 00 mm II cc F7
The values of “mm (MSB)” and “II (LSB)” (unit=Ca. 1.2 cent).
Send the messages within an interval of approximately 300 msec.
Bulk Dump
Sends and receives data. All the data except the system data is
converted into 1 or 2 byte ASCII characters and transmitted.
2.2.1
system
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “SYST” data csum}F7
2.2.2
all drumkit
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alDK” data csum}F7
2.2.3
one drumkit
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuDK” data csum}F7
2.2.4
all chain
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alCH” data csum}F7
2.2.5
one chain
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuCH” data csum}F7
2.2.6
all pattern
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alPA” data csum}F7
2.2.7
one pattern
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuPA” data csum}F7
2.2.8
all song
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alSO” data csum}F7
2.2.9
one song
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuSO” data csum}F7
2.2.10
one stack
F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuST” data csum}F7
2.2.11
QY pattern
F043 7D On ss ss {“LM 0086” “PT” data}csum F7
2.2.12
identify reply
Sends only.
F0 7E 0n 06 02 43 00 4C 6B 07 mm 00 00 00 F7
“mm” stands for the version number of the software.
135
Appendix — Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
The DTX is Not Making a Sound or a Triggered Sound
● Make
sure the pads and triggers are connected correctly to the input jacks of the DTX (P.9).
sure the connectors from the DTX OUTPUT jack (and NOT the AUX OUT jack) are plugged correctly to the
input jacks of the amplifier or mixer (P.10).
● Raise the volume by using the volume slider (P.31).
● Make sure the input level is displayed on the LCD when you play the pad or drum with a trigger (P.33).
● Raise the minimum value of the level range (P.37).
● Make sure the outport settings of the voice is not “AUX OUT” (P.58).
● Make sure the Utility Bypass mode is OFF (P.116).
● Make sure the Volume parameter on the 44th page in Utility mode is not “0”. The drum part should be channel
10 (P.127).
● Check the Local Control on the 19th page in Utility mode. The Local Control should be “on” (P.118).
● Check the cables to see if there is a short.
● Make
The External Tone Generator is Not Making a Sound
● Make
sure the MIDI connectors are correctly connected (P.129).
Make sure the MIDI channels match the input jack numbers of the connected external devices (P.42, 92, 110,
118).
● Make sure the value of the MIDI note numbers are set correctly (P.40).
● Make sure the Bypass parameter on the 6th page in Utility mode is “off” (P.116).
●
The Sound does not Match the Settings
● Make
sure you have not plugged the monaural phone plug when the power is still ON. This sets the rim switch
ON on the DTX. Turn the power OFF and ON again.
● Make sure the output MIDI channel is set to Drum Voice (ch=10) (P.42)
The Velocity (Sound) is Too Small
● Make
sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new (NOT old) sticky tape (P.11).
the gain setting (P.36).
● If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by raising them).
● Raise the velocity (P.37).
● Try a different velocity curve (P.38).
● Raise the volume of the voice (P.53).
● Make sure the input type is correct. Try a larger drum such as the TOM or KICK (P.35).
● Replace the drum head.
● Redo the Auto-set procedure (P.36).
● Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).
● Raise
The Triggered Sound is Not Stable (When using accoustic drums)
sure you have select the correct input type. Try a larger drum (PAD ➞ SNARE ➞ TOM ➞ KICK) (P.35).
sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new sticky tape (P.11).
● Make sure the cable is securely inserted into the DT10 jack.
● Make
● Make
Double-triggering
● If
you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal causing double-triggering.
sure the head is not causing irregular vibration. If it is, it is necessary to mute the head .
● Make sure the sensor is fixed near the rim (above the bearing) and not near center of the head (P.11).
● Make sure that nothing is touching the sensor.
● If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by lowering them).
● Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another
drum is played at the same time (P.39).
● Try using the sub-rejection parameter (P.39).
● Try switching the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).
● Make
136
Appendix — Troubleshooting
You are Experiencing “Cross-talk”
● Replace
the sensor away from the nearby drum.
minimum input level needs to be higher (P.37).
● Raise the gain setting (P.36).
● Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another
drum is played at the same time (P.39).
● If the sound cross-talks with a specific trigger input, use the Spec rejection settings(P.39).
● The
The Sounds are Cut when you Play Continuously
● Set
the Voice Type parameter on the 4th page of Voice Edit Mode to “MONO” .
you are playing a rim shot, set the RIM Velocity parameter on the 17th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode to
a setting other than “mute Hi” and “mute Lo” (P.45).
● Set the unnecessary 2nd notes on to “off” on the 11th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.40).
● If
Only 1 Sound is Heard when 2 Pads (Drums) are Played
● Raise
the gain setting of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.36).
the rejection parameter of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.39).
● Make sure that the pads (drums) are not assigned to the same group in the Alternate Group settings on the 10th
page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.57).
● Lower
The Sound is Too Loud (The Velocity is Permanently Too High)
● Lower
the gain setting (P.36).
the minimum value of the velocity range (P.37).
● Try another velocity curve (P.38).
● If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal.
● Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).
● Lower
The Hi-hat Foot Controller or Footswitch Works Oppositely
● Turn
the power switch on again with the foot controller or footswitch connected to the rear panel. The DTX will
automatically detect the polarization of the switch and enable regular operation. (If the power is currently ON,
turn it OFF once and then ON again).
● Make sure you are not stepping on the foot controller or footswitch when you turn the power ON.
The Bass or Chord Patterns do Not Play in Pattern or Song Mode
● Make
sure the tracks are not muted (P.77).
sure the Pattern Track Mute parameter on the 10th page in Song Job mode is “off” when you are playing a
song (P.111).
● Make sure the Bass Linear Track mode parameter on the 9th page in Song Job mode is “off” (P.111).
● Make
The DTX does Not Receive any Switch or Trigger Data
●
A data error has occurred. Turn the power OFF and then ON while holding the DRUM KIT button and the
PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ buttons and the DTX will reset to its initial settings. Beware that all the data will be lost.
Frequent data back-up storage to external MIDI devices such as the Yamaha MDF2 is recommended to prevent
lost data (P.119).
The Sound will Not Stop
● Some
sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off function is disabled (P.58). In such a case,
enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode and press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.
137
Appendix — Error Messages
Error Messages
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
ERR-MIDI
BuffFull
Too much MIDI data is being received in the buffer. Reduce the amount of data or insert intervals between the bulk
transmission and try again.
ERRORMIDIdata
There is a data error in the MIDI data being received. Check if the sum of the bulk dump data being received does not
conform, or if the MIDI connections are looped. Check the MIDI cables and the data you want to send and try again.
ERR-BULK
Protect
The System Exclusive Receive parameter is not “on” when the bulk dump data is being received. Set the parameter on
the 11th page of Utility mode to “on” (P. 117) and try again.
ERR-low
Battery
The built-in memory back-up lithium battery is running low. Store the necessary data to an external device such as the
Yamaha MIDI Filer MDF2 and take the DTX to an authorized Yamaha Service Center to have the battery replaced.
ERRORPreset
You are trying to edit preset data such as the preset drum kit, preset style pattern or preset song, or you are sending the
bulk dump to a preset number. Select a user data area and try again.
ERR-Now
Running
Bulk dump data is being transmitted while the DTX is playing or recording a song or pattern. Stop the playing or
recording of the song or pattern and transmit the bulk dump data again.
ERRORNotEmpty
Data already exists in the area you are trying to transmit the bulk dump data to. Clear the song or pattern (P.92, 109)
and try to transmit again.
ERRORBad Data
You have received bulk dump data when you are not in Song Play Pattern Play mode, or when you have not stopped the
song or pattern you had been playing. This message also appears when the beat or number of measures you are copying
does not match those of the pattern or when the DTX is receiving erroneous bulk dump data. Correct the situation and
try again.
Memory
Full
The song and pattern memory areas are full. Clear unnecessary songs or patterns (P.92, 109) and try again.
138
Appendix
Specifications
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Tone Generator
16-bit AWM2 (Compliant to GM Standard
Level 1)
Polyphony
Maximum of 32 notes
Voices
928 Drum and Percussion Voices, 128 Normal
Keyboard Voices
Modes
Drum Kit Mode
Play Mode: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user
drum kits
Trigger Edit Mode: 31 functions
Voice Edit Mode: 21 functions
Chain Mode
Play Mode: 16 types of chains (maximum of 32
steps)
Edit Mode: 3 functions
Pattern Mode
Play Mode: 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6
sections), 100 user patterns
Record Mode: Real-time or step recording,
recording tracks (chord, bass, rhythm)
Job Mode: 7 functions
Song Mode
Play Mode: 100 preset songs, 30 user songs
Record Mode: Real-time or step recording,
recording tracks (TR1/TR2 sequencer tracks,
pattern/chord/tempo tracks)
Job Mode: 11 functions
Store Mode
Drum Kit Store, Chain Store
Utility Mode
System, MIDI, equalizer, sequence, multitimbre
Effect
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Controls
Volume Slider (MASTER, AUX IN, ACCOMP/
SNARE/CYMBAL, CLICK/KICK/MISC.), Data
Scroll Wheel, Mode buttons (DRUM KIT,
CHAIN, SONG, PATTERN, TRIGGER, VOICE,
UTILITY, STORE), PAGE¡/⁄ (MAIN A/B),
Q Cursor button (FILL AB/BA), -1/
NO(INTRO), +1/YES (ENDING), TEMPO,
SHIFT, TR1 (MISC.), TR2 (CYMBAL), BASS/
TMP TR (SNARE), RHYTHM/PAT TR (KICK),
CHORD/CHO TR, SOLO, Transport buttons
(CLICK, PAUSE, REWIND, START/STOP,
FORWARD, RECORD), CONTRAST knob
Display
Custom LCD display
2-digit large segment LED
8 mute/sequencer operation LEDs
Input Jacks
1 SNARE–8 H.HAT, 10/9 KICK, 12/11, AUX IN
Output Jacks
PHONES, OUTPUT(L/MONO,R), AUX OUT(L/
R)
Foot Switch/Control Jacks
FOOT SW, H.HAT CONTROL
MIDI Jacks
MIDI IN/OUT
Power Requirements
DC 12V
Dimensions
300mm (W) x 57mm (D) x 220mm (H)
Weight
1.4kg
Included Accessories
Owner’s Manual
AC power adapter (PA-1207 or PA-3B)
Reverb (hall1/2, room1/2/3, stage1/2, plate,
white, tunnel, canyon, basement)
Chorus, variation (preset for each voice)
139
Appendix
Index
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
+1/YES (ENDING) Button ............................................................. 7
+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ......................................................... 27
-1/NO (INTRO) Button ................................................................. 7
1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy .................................................. 90
1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................. 108
1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ....................................................... 35
1 Name (chain name) ................................................................. 67
1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs ........................................................ 8
1 SYSTEM ................................................................................. 114
1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................. 53
10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................... 57
10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111
10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................... 40
10/9 KICK Input ........................................................................... 8
11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58
11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40
11 SongName ........................................................................... 111
12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42
12 Out Port ................................................................................. 58
12/11 Input .................................................................................. 8
13 DeviceNo (device number) .................................................. 117
13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42
13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58
14 Key On .................................................................................. 43
14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59
14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) .................... 117
15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59
15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118
15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44
16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................... 59
16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44
16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through channel 10)
118
17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60
17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................... 45
17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10)118
18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................ 60
18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45
19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................. 61
19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46
19 LocalClt (local control) ........................................................ 118
2 Chain create or revise ............................................................... 67
2 EditMode ............................................................................... 114
2 PAD Type ................................................................................ 35
2 Quantize (quantization) ................................................... 91, 109
2 Volume .................................................................................... 53
20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61
20 DumpTime .......................................................................... 119
20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47
21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47
21 MergeOut ............................................................................ 119
21 Root Note .............................................................................. 62
21 RootNote ............................................................................... 62
22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119
22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47
23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47
23 P/C’KIT (program change table) .......................................... 120
24 EQ (equalizer) ..................................................................... 120
24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48
25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48
25 Lo Mi Hi (gain) .................................................................... 121
26 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) .................................................. 48
26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ...................................................... 48
26 Lo Freq (low frequency)....................................................... 121
27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121
28 Copy INP (copy input) .......................................................... 48
28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ..................................................... 121
29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49
29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122
140
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
3 Auto Set ................................................................................... 36
3 ClrTrack (clear track) ............................................................. 109
3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91
3 Edit recall ................................................................................ 68
3 LinkMode .............................................................................. 115
3 Pan .......................................................................................... 54
30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122
30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49
31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122
31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49
32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122
33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123
35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123
36 Count .................................................................................. 123
37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................... 124
38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................... 124
39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125
4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................. 109
4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92
4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) .......................................................... 115
4 PAD Gain ................................................................................. 36
4 Pitch ........................................................................................ 54
40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125
41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ......................................................... 126
42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126
43 Program ............................................................................... 126
44 Volume ................................................................................ 127
45 Pan ...................................................................................... 127
46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128
47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128
5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92
5 LevelRng (level range) .............................................................. 37
5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel) ............................ 110
5 Rev send (send reverb) ............................................................. 55
5 SldrMode (slider mode) ......................................................... 116
6 Bypass .................................................................................... 116
6 Modify ..................................................................................... 92
6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, ......................................... 55
6 VelRange (velocity range) ......................................................... 37
7 Filter ........................................................................................ 56
7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ............................................ 116
7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92
7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ......................................................... 38
8 Decay ....................................................................................... 56
8 FCoffset ................................................................................. 117
8 PlayMode ............................................................................... 110
8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................. 39
9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) .......................................... 111
9 Key mode ................................................................................ 57
9 MIDI ...................................................................................... 117
9 Reject (rejection) ...................................................................... 39
A
ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider ................................... 6
all data ...................................................................................... 119
all DKIT .................................................................................... 119
all SONG .................................................................................. 119
allCHAIN .................................................................................. 119
allPATRN .................................................................................. 119
alter ............................................................................................ 43
alterMN ...................................................................................... 43
always ....................................................................................... 115
AUX IN Jack ................................................................................. 8
AUX IN Volume Slider .................................................................. 6
aux L ........................................................................................ 123
AUX OUT L and R Jacks ............................................................... 8
aux R ........................................................................................ 123
auxL+R ..................................................................................... 123
Appendix
average ...................................................................................... 124
Average Mode ............................................................................. 98
B
b ................................................................................................. 53
B (BOTTOM) ............................................................................ 124
Backing Track ............................................................................. 93
basemnt ...................................................................................... 59
BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button ..................................................... 7
Beat ........................................................................... 83, 101, 104
Beat focus area .......................................................................... 103
Beat Indicator ............................................................................. 85
bypass .................................................................................. 45, 46
C
C ................................................................................................. 53
C (coarse tune) .................................................................. 54, 128
canyon ........................................................................................ 59
CHAIN Button .............................................................................. 6
Chain Edit Mode ......................................................................... 65
Chain Edit mode ......................................................................... 23
Chain Play Mode ......................................................................... 63
Chain Play mode ......................................................................... 23
Channel Message ...................................................................... 130
CHORD CHO TR Button .............................................................. 7
Chord input .............................................................................. 103
Chord List ................................................................................... 79
Chord type .......................................................................... 78, 79
Chords ........................................................................................ 78
click ..................................................................................... 45, 46
Click (metronome) .............................................................. 76, 96
CLICK Button ............................................................................... 7
CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider ............................................... 6
clip ............................................................................................. 38
Cls ....................................................................................... 40, 42
CONTRAST Knob ......................................................................... 8
Control Change ........................................................................ 131
Copy destination ................................................................ 90, 108
Copy source ....................................................................... 90, 108
curCHAIN ................................................................................ 119
curDKIT ................................................................................... 119
curPATRN ................................................................................ 119
curSONG .................................................................................. 119
Cursor Buttons ............................................................................ 26
D
Data focus area .......................................................... 85, 101, 103
Data focus area area .................................................................. 104
Data input ................................................................................. 104
Data Scroll Wheel .................................................................. 7, 27
DC IN Jac ..................................................................................... 8
dec ....................................................................................... 45, 46
do FILL ................................................................................ 45, 46
DRUM KIT Button ........................................................................ 6
Drum Kit Play Mode ................................................................... 30
Drum Kit Play mode ................................................................... 22
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ....................................................... 32
Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ....................................................... 22
Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .......................................................... 50
Drum Kit Voice Edit mode .......................................................... 22
Drum Kits ................................................................................... 18
Drum or Percussion Sounds ........................................................ 18
Drum voice name ....................................................................... 85
Dumper Pedal ........................................................................... 131
dynamic ...................................................................................... 38
E
E ................................................................................................. 53
ENDING ....................................................................... 45, 46, 71
Exclusive Message ..................................................................... 131
expand ........................................................................................ 38
Expression ................................................................................ 131
ext ............................................................................................ 125
F
F (fine tune) ....................................................................... 54, 128
FCl ...................................................................................... 40, 42
FILL AB ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71
FILL BA ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71
fix1 to fix127 .............................................................................. 45
FOOT SW Jack ............................................................................. 8
FOP ............................................................................................ 42
FOp ............................................................................................ 40
FORWARD and REWIND Buttons ....................................... 74, 95
FORWARD Button ........................................................................ 7
G
Gain ............................................................................................ 36
global ............................................................................... 115, 123
Groove Check Function .............................................................. 97
H
H.HAT CONTROL Jack ................................................................ 8
hall 1 .......................................................................................... 59
hall 2 .......................................................................................... 59
HH ctrl ................................................................................ 46, 47
hi mono ...................................................................................... 57
hi tom ......................................................................................... 35
hold ..................................................................................... 43, 44
I
inc ....................................................................................... 45, 46
indiv (individual) ...................................................................... 115
INPUT ATTENUATION Switches ................................................. 8
int ............................................................................................. 125
INTRO .......................................................................... 45, 46, 71
K
K ................................................................................................. 53
k ................................................................................................. 53
Key Data ................................................................................... 130
kick1/kick2 ................................................................................. 35
L
LCD ............................................................................................ 25
LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) ........................................................ 6
LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display ............................................. 6
live (mode) ............................................................................... 116
lo tom ......................................................................................... 35
Location pointer ......................................................... 85, 103, 104
M
MAIN A ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71
MAIN B ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71
main L ...................................................................................... 123
main R ...................................................................................... 123
mainL+R ................................................................................... 123
MASTER Volume Slider ................................................................ 6
Measure number .............................................. 85, 101, 103, 104
Measure/Beat/Clock .................................................................... 85
Measures ..................................................................................... 83
MIDI ........................................................................... 46, 47, 129
MIDI Data Format ..................................................................... 134
MIDI IN/OUT ............................................................................... 8
MIDI note number ...................................................................... 41
Modulation ............................................................................... 131
mono .......................................................................................... 57
mute Hi ...................................................................................... 45
141
Appendix
mute Lo ...................................................................................... 45
Muting ................................................................................. 77, 97
N
none ........................................................................................... 59
normal ................................................................................. 38, 45
Note Off .................................................................................... 130
Note On .................................................................................... 130
O
off ............................................................................................. 115
On-bass ...................................................................... 78, 79, 103
One Way .................................................................................. 110
Opn ..................................................................................... 40, 42
OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks .................................................... 8
P
P ................................................................................................. 53
Pad ........................................................................................... 131
pad1/pad2 .................................................................................. 35
PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons ...................................................... 26
PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button ................................................. 7
PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button ............................................................. 7
Pattern ................................................................................. 19, 71
pattern ...................................................................................... 123
PATTERN Button .......................................................................... 6
Pattern input ............................................................................. 101
Pattern Job Mode ........................................................................ 88
Pattern Job mode ........................................................................ 23
Pattern number ........................................................................... 85
Pattern Play Mode ....................................................................... 71
Pattern Play mode ....................................................................... 23
Pattern Record Mode .................................................................. 80
Pattern Record mode .................................................................. 23
pause ................................................................................... 45, 46
PAUSE Button ........................................................................ 7, 74
PAUSE button ............................................................................. 95
PHONES Jack ............................................................................... 8
Pitch Bend ................................................................................ 131
plate ............................................................................................ 59
poly ............................................................................................ 57
POWER Switch ............................................................................. 8
prctice (practice mode) ............................................................. 116
Program Change ....................................................................... 130
Q
Quantization ............................................................... 84, 85, 105
QY PATRN ................................................................................ 119
R
Real-time .................................................................................... 82
Real-time Message ..................................................................... 131
Real-time Recording .................................................. 84, 105, 106
Receiving Bulk Data .................................................................. 120
RECORD Button ........................................................................... 7
Repeat ....................................................................................... 110
Reverb Depth ............................................................................ 131
REWIND Button ........................................................................... 7
RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button ................................................. 7
rim .............................................................................................. 40
room 1 ........................................................................................ 59
room 2 ........................................................................................ 59
room 3 ........................................................................................ 59
Root ............................................................................ 78, 79, 103
S
S ................................................................................................. 53
s .................................................................................................. 53
142
Section ............................................................................... 71, 101
semi(2) ....................................................................................... 57
Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93
SHIFT Button ............................................................................... 7
single ................................................................................. 44, 124
Single Mode ................................................................................ 97
snare ........................................................................................... 35
Solo ............................................................................................ 78
SOLO Button ................................................................................ 7
Song ........................................................................................... 19
song ............................................................................................ 93
SONG Button ............................................................................... 6
Song Job Mode ......................................................................... 107
Song Job mode ............................................................................ 24
Song Play Mode .......................................................................... 93
Song Play mode .......................................................................... 24
Song Record Mode ...................................................................... 99
Song Record mode ...................................................................... 24
stack ........................................................................................... 43
stackMN ..................................................................................... 43
stage 1 ........................................................................................ 59
stage 2 ........................................................................................ 59
START/STOP Button ..................................................................... 7
statStp ......................................................................................... 46
Step Rec (step recording) ............................................................ 82
Step Recording ................................................................... 85, 101
STORE Button .............................................................................. 7
Store Mode ................................................................................. 69
Store mode ................................................................................. 24
strtStp ......................................................................................... 45
Style ............................................................................................ 71
Style or pattern name ................................................................ 101
Style or pattern number ............................................................ 101
system ....................................................................................... 119
System Message ........................................................................ 131
T
T ................................................................................................. 53
T (TOP) .................................................................................... 124
Tempo ............................................... 76, 82, 96, 101, 104, 105
TEMPO Button ............................................................................. 7
Tempo change quantity ............................................................ 104
Tempo change time .................................................................. 104
Tempo focus area ...................................................................... 103
TR1 (MISC) Button ....................................................................... 7
TR2 (CYMBAL) Button ................................................................. 7
Track ................................................................................... 71, 93
Transport Buttons ....................................................................... 27
TRIGGER Button .......................................................................... 7
Triggering ................................................................................... 20
tunnel ......................................................................................... 59
Type ......................................................................................... 103
U
User Patterns ............................................................................... 72
UTILITY Button ............................................................................ 7
Utility Mode .............................................................................. 112
Utility mode ................................................................................ 24
V
Variabl ........................................................................................ 45
Velocity ..................................................................................... 130
VOICE Button ............................................................................... 7
Volume .............................................................................. 96, 131
Volume Adjustment .................................................................... 75
W
w/shift ....................................................................................... 115
white .......................................................................................... 59
withPad ...................................................................................... 44
Appendix
Drum Voice List
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
1
K
1
BD DRY 1
Name (LCD)
59
K
59
SweetnLo ●
Name (LCD)
117
K
117
BDbass1 ●
Name (LCD)
175
S
56
Dance06
Name (LCD)
2
K
2
BD DRY 2
60
K
60
2HeadLo ●
118
K
118
BDbass2 ●
176
S
57
Tekk
3
K
3
BD GMH
61
K
61
2HedMed1 ●
119
K
119
BDbass3 ●
177
S
58
Tekk 01
4
K
4
BD GMM
62
K
62
2HedMed2 ●
120
S
1
VtgBrass
178
S
59
Tekk 02
5
K
5
BD GML
63
K
63
2HeadHi ●
121
S
2
VtgB 2
179
S
60
Tekk 03
6
K
6
BD GMM2
64
K
64
Basement ●
122
S
3
BrassRim
180
S
61
Tekk 04
7
K
7
BD 24Dry
65
K
65
VeloRoom ●
123
S
4
Fat looz
181
S
62
Tekk 05
8
K
8
BD DRYB1
66
K
66
DimWit ●
124
S
5
Hip Hop
182
S
63
Tekk 06
9
K
9
BD DRYBH
67
K
67
BigAC ●
125
S
6
BrassPic
183
S
64
Tekk 07
10
K
10
BD GMJ
68
K
68
Sub1
126
S
7
S BrysnH
184
S
65
AnSStick
11
K
11
BD BBALS
69
K
69
Sub2 ●
127
S
8
S BrysnR
185
S
66
AnalogH1 ●
12
K
12
BD DRY 3
70
K
70
Sub3 ●
128
S
9
Wood65
186
S
67
AnalogL1 ●
13
K
13
BD DRY 4
71
K
71
Sub4 ●
129
S
10
S Dry
187
S
68
Analog H ●
14
K
14
BD DRY 5 ●
72
K
72
Sub5 ●
130
S
11
S DryPic
188
S
69
Analog L ●
15
K
15
BD Soft
73
K
73
AnaQuick
131
S
12
DeepStel
189
S
70
Electrik
16
K
16
BD KONG1
74
K
74
MtlPoint ●
132
S
13
Looz Pic
190
S
71
Rock
17
K
17
BD MONDO
75
K
75
Kombat ●
133
S
14
Wood Sn
191
S
72
RockH
●
18
K
18
BD MND S
76
K
76
Bushy ●
134
S
15
12Soprno
192
S
73
RockM
19
K
19
BD NN04C
77
K
77
BigSofty ●
135
S
16
SnareM
193
S
74
RockL
20
K
20
BD ROOM1
78
K
78
BigBoy ●
136
S
17
SnareH
194
S
75
RockRim ●
21
K
21
BD ROOM2
79
K
79
Roomy ●
137
S
18
SnarDeep ●
195
S
76
Amb 01
Amb 02
22
K
22
BD ROOM3
80
K
80
BD Rave1 ●
138
S
19
SnareH2 ●
196
S
77
23
K
23
BD ROOM4
81
K
81
BD Rave2 ●
139
S
20
MrcSnrM
197
S
78
Amb 03
24
K
24
BD ROOM5
82
K
82
BD Rave3 ●
140
S
21
MrcSnrH
198
S
79
Amb 04
25
K
25
BD 24Amb
83
K
83
BD Rave4 ●
141
S
22
SnrGhst ●
199
S
80
SnrRoll✻
26
K
26
BD Rock1
84
K
84
BD Rave5 ●
142
S
23
ASOBI ●
200
S
81
SnRoll2✻
27
K
27
BD Rock2
85
K
85
BD Rave6 ●
143
S
24
SnareL2 ●
201
S
82
S RO_S
28
K
28
BD Metal ●
86
K
86
BD Rave7 ●
144
S
25
ToshL fi ●
202
S
83
S FT NZ3
29
K
29
BD GATE1
87
K
87
BD Rave8 ●
145
S
26
Tosh Sn ●
203
S
84
S RuberS
30
K
30
BD GATE2
88
K
88
BD Rave9 ●
146
S
27
Pilow Sn ●
204
S
85
BrshSlp
S Brsh
31
K
31
BD GATE3
89
K
89
BDRave10
147
S
28
Blaaaghf ●
205
S
86
32
K
32
BD GateM
90
K
90
BDRave11 ●
148
S
29
ParadeS ●
206
S
87
S BrshTp
33
K
33
BD ELEC1
91
K
91
BDdance1
149
S
30
HiGateSn ●
207
S
88
S Brsh H
34
K
34
BD ELEC2
92
K
92
BDersko1 ●
150
S
31
OpnRim ●
208
S
89
S BrshOp
35
K
35
BD ELEC3
93
K
93
BDvman 1 ●
151
S
32
OpnRimA ●
209
S
90
S BrshSc
S BrshSw
36
K
36
BDDance1
94
K
94
BDaftty1 ●
152
S
33
OpnRimB ●
210
S
91
37
K
37
BDDance2
95
K
95
BDaftty2 ●
153
S
34
OpnRimC ●
211
S
92
BrSwL✻
38
K
38
BDDance3
96
K
96
BDbonzo2 ●
154
S
35
OpnRimD ●
212
S
93
BrSwH✻
BrshTap1
39
K
39
BDDance4
97
K
97
BDpower
155
S
36
OpnRimE ●
213
S
94
40
K
40
BDDance5
98
K
98
BDfusio1 ●
156
S
37
S Elem1
214
S
95
BrshTap2
41
K
41
BDDance6
99
K
99
BDtite1 ●
157
S
38
S Elem2
215
S
96
BrshTap3
BrshSlpL
42
K
42
BDDance7
100
K
100
BDstomp1 ●
158
S
39
S Elem3
216
S
97
43
K
43
BDDance8
101
K
101
BDudu1 ●
159
S
40
S Elem4
217
S
98
SAmbie1 ●
44
K
44
BDDance9
102
K
102
BDindst1 ●
160
S
41
S Room ●
218
S
99
SAmbie2 ●
45
K
45
BDAnlg L
103
K
103
BDNIN1 ●
161
S
42
S Gate
219
S
100
SAmbie3 ●
46
K
46
BDAnlg H ●
104
K
104
BDurban1 ●
162
S
43
S Gate1
220
S
101
SAmbie4 ●
47
K
47
BDRevers
105
K
105
BDfunky1 ●
163
S
44
S Gate2
221
S
102
SAmbie5 ●
48
K
48
BD SCREM
106
K
106
BDurban2 ●
164
S
45
S Gate3
222
S
103
Sambie6 ●
49
K
49
GrnCassa
107
K
107
BDpalmer ●
165
S
46
S STK_HT
223
S
104
SAna1
50
K
50
GrCMute
108
K
108
BD808Lng ●
166
S
47
S SStck1
224
S
105
SAna 2 ●
●
51
K
51
QuikBuzz ●
109
K
109
BDevolvr ●
167
S
48
S SStck2
225
S
106
SAna3
●
52
K
52
Norma ●
110
K
110
BDevolv2 ●
168
S
49
S SStck3
226
S
107
SAna4
●
●
53
K
53
Basic ●
111
K
111
BDbasc1
169
S
50
Dance
227
S
108
SAna5
54
K
54
SoTight ●
112
K
112
BDbasc2
170
S
51
Dance01
228
S
109
Beauty ●
55
K
55
WudPoint ●
113
K
113
BDdance5 ●
171
S
52
Dance02
229
S
110
BeatyRim
56
K
56
Pointy ●
114
K
114
BDlong1 ●
172
S
53
Dance03
230
S
111
Brassy ●
57
K
57
DrkPoint ●
115
K
115
BDvman 5 ●
173
S
54
Dance04
231
S
112
BrassRim ●
58
K
58
Bottom ●
116
K
116
BDdigiro ●
174
S
55
Dance05
232
S
113
Loosy
✻ marked voices consist of two layers.
● marked voices are looped sounds.
●
143
Appendix
144
No
Grp
G.No
233
S
114
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
LoosyRim ●
Name (LCD)
291
S
172
AnaTiRim
Name (LCD)
349
S
230
JelyRoll
Name (LCD)
No
Grp
G.No
407
T
38
Name (LCD)
Ana 1Mid
234
S
115
Snapper ●
292
S
173
AnaDark
350
S
231
Jelyrim ●
408
T
39
Ana 1Lo
235
S
116
SnaprRim ●
293
S
174
AnaDaRim
351
S
232
Electric
409
T
40
Ana 1Flr
236
S
117
GateOK ●
294
S
175
AnaHit ●
352
S
233
EltrcRIM ●
410
T
41
Ana 2Hi ●
237
S
118
GateORim
295
S
176
AnHitRim ●
353
S
234
DryPiclo
411
T
42
Ana 2Mid ●
238
S
119
DryUp ●
296
S
177
AnaVel ●
354
S
235
DryPRim ●
412
T
43
Ana 2Lo ●
239
S
120
RIMouch! ●
297
S
178
AnVelRim ●
355
S
236
Timbrim ●
413
T
44
Ana 2flr
240
S
121
Ambient ●
298
S
179
AnaWide
356
S
237
Buzzring ●
414
T
45
Tron Hi ●
241
S
122
AmbiRim ●
299
S
180
AnaWiRim
357
S
238
BuzRgRim ●
415
T
46
Tron Mid ●
242
S
123
Matchbox ●
300
S
181
AnaYo ●
358
S
239
Philydry ●
416
T
47
Tron Lo ●
243
S
124
RIMwatts ●
301
S
182
AnaYoRim ●
359
S
240
PhlyRiM ●
417
T
48
Tron Flr ●
244
S
125
Picket ●
302
S
183
AnaWee ●
360
S
241
Nashvill ●
418
T
49
DRY GM1
245
S
126
RIMnatul ●
303
S
184
AnaWeRim ●
361
S
242
WackyEFX ●
419
T
50
DRY GM2
246
S
127
RoldGold
304
S
185
AnaAir ●
362
S
243
Latinrim ●
420
T
51
DRY GM3
247
S
128
RoldRim ●
305
S
186
AnAirRim ●
363
S
244
Fusion ●
421
T
52
DRY GM4
248
S
129
Deep&Dry ●
306
S
187
AnaBuzz ●
364
S
245
Metalpic ●
422
T
53
DRY GM5
249
S
130
RIMetal ●
307
S
188
AnaBzRim ●
365
S
246
Dryroom ●
423
T
54
DRY GM6
250
S
131 Blue90
308
S
189
AnaShh ●
366
S
247
Distort ●
424
T
55
Room 1 ●
251
S
132
Blu90Rim ●
309
S
190
AnaShRim ●
367
S
248
Ruberbnd ●
425
T
56
Room 2 ●
252
S
133
BlastX ●
310
S
191
AnaMetal ●
368
S
249
Cool Dry ●
426
T
57
Room 3 ●
253
S
134
RIMdry1 ●
311
S
192
AnaMeRim ●
369
S
250
TambSnre ●
427
T
58
Room 4 ●
254
S
135
Nashvill ●
312
S
193
AnaSlegh ●
370
T
1
Dry1 Hi
428
T
59
Room 5 ●
255
S
136
RIMrock ●
313
S
194
AnaSlRim ●
371
T
2
Dry1 Mid
429
T
60
Room 6 ●
256
S
137
DryMetal ●
314
S
195
BrSwTime
372
T
3
Dry1 Lo
430
T
61
Rock 1
257
S
138
RIMshort ●
315
S
196
BrSwTRim
373
T
4
Dry1 Flr
431
T
62
Rock 2
258
S
139
Binky ●
316
S
197
BrshHit1
374
T
5
Dry2 Hi
432
T
63
Rock 3
259
S
140
RIMpopr ●
317
S
198
Brsh1Rim
375
T
6
Dry2 Mid
433
T
64
Rock 4
260
S
141
Sticky ●
318
S
199
BrshHit2
376
T
7
Dry2 Lo
434
T
65
Rock 5
261
S
142
RIMfat1 ●
319
S
200
Brsh2Rim
377
T
8
Dry2 Flr
435
T
66
Rock 6
262
S
143
Slappy ●
320
S
201
Brushup
378
T
9
Lite Hi ●
436
T
67
E Tom1
263
S
144
RIMnashy ●
321
S
202
BrsUpRim
379
T
10
Lite Mid ●
437
T
68
E Tom2
264
S
145
OldCan ●
322
S
203
BrshSwep
380
T
11
Lite Lo ●
438
T
69
E Tom3
265
S
146
RIM hipop ●
323
S
204
BrshAtak
381
T
12
Lite Flr ●
439
T
70
E Tom4
266
S
147
RollEm1 ●
324
S
205
Ambient1 ●
382
T
13
Jazz Hi
440
T
71
E Tom5
267
S
148
RollRim1 ●
325
S
206
Ambt1rim ●
383
T
14
Jazz Mid
441
T
72
E Tom6
268
S
149
RollEm2 ●
326
S
207
Powerpic ●
384
T
15
Jazz Lo
442
T
73
AnlgTom1
269
S
150
RollRim2
327
S
208
Pwrpcrim ●
385
T
16
Jazz Flr
443
T
74
AnlgTom2
270
S
151 RollEm3
328
S
209
Fatbrass
386
T
17
BrshJzHi
444
T
75
AnlgTom3
271
S
152
RollRim3
329
S
210
Fatbrim ●
387
T
18
BrshJzMd
445
T
76
AnlgTom4
272
S
153
Fantam ●
330
S
211
Smacker ●
388
T
19
BrshJzLo
446
T
77
AnlgTom5
273
S
154
FantaRim ●
331
S
212
Smakrim ●
389
T
20
BrshJzFl
447
T
78
AnlgTom6
274
S
155
Steel ●
332
S
213
Enotype ●
390
T
21
BrshRkHi
448
T
79
RoomP H
275
S
156
SteelRim ●
333
S
214
Eno rim ●
391
T
22
BrshRkMd
449
T
80
RoomP M
276
S
157
BigWood ●
334
S
215
Factory ●
392
T
23
BrshRkLo
450
T
81
RoomP L ●
277
S
158
BigWdRim ●
335
S
216
Fact rim ●
393
T
24
BrshRkFl
451
T
82
RoomP F
278
S
159
UnclAB ●
336
S
217
Woody ●
394
T
25
Room1 Hi ●
452
T
83
RoomQH ●
279
S
160
UnclARim ●
337
S
218
Woodyrim ●
395
T
26
Room1Mid ●
453
T
84
RoomQM ●
280
S
161
SnareLes ●
338
S
219
Dry Guy ●
396
T
27
Room1 Lo ●
454
T
85
RoomQL ●
281
S
162
LesRim ●
339
S
220
Drygyrim ●
397
T
28
Room1Flr ●
455
T
86
RoomQF ●
282
S
163
SidStick ●
340
S
221
Barypic ●
398
T
29
Room2 Hi ●
456
T
87
SAmbTmH ●
283
S
164
SidRim ●
341
S
222
Baryrim ●
399
T
30
Room2Mid ●
457
T
88
SAmbTmM ●
284
S
165 HiFive
342
S
223
FX ●
400
T
31
Room2 Lo ●
458
T
89
SAmbTmL ●
285
S
166 Hi5Rim
343
S
224
FX rim ●
401
T
32
Room2Flr ●
459
T
90
SAmbTmF ●
286
S
167
CapGun ●
344
S
225
Filtroll ●
402
T
33
Room3 Hi
460
T
91
ElectrcH
287
S
168
CapRim ●
345
S
226
Filtrrim ●
403
T
34
Room3Mid ●
461
T
92
ElectrcM
288
S
169
Snarf ●
346
S
227
Sheetmtl
404
T
35
Room3 Lo ●
462
T
93
ElectrcL
289
S
170
SnarfRim ●
290
S
171 AnaTite
347
S
228
Shmtlrim ●
405
T
36
Room3Flr ●
463
T
94
ElectrcF
348
S
229
Gaterim ●
406
T
37
Ana 1Hi
464
T
95
TEKK 1H
Appendix
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
465
T
96
TEKK 1M
Name (LCD)
523
T
154
ACTomF
Name (LCD)
581
C
36
MinChina
Name (LCD)
639
C
94
H SplNB
Name (LCD)
466
T
97
TEKK 1L
524
T
155
TOMXfadH ●
582
C
37
C CrshSi ●
640
C
95
H Spl13
467
T
98
TEKK 1F
525
T
156
TOMXfadM ●
583
C
38
C Crash
641
C
96
H Splsht
468
T
99
TEKK 2H
526
T
157
TOMXfadL ●
584
C
39
C CrshAC
642
C
97
HHFTpdl1
469
T
100
TEKK 2M
527
T
158
TOMXfadF ●
585
C
40
CrashB
643
C
98
FTsplRK
470
T
101
TEKK 2L
528
T
159
AnaIndsH ●
586
C
41
PaperThn
644
C
99
FTsplRK2 ●
471
T
102
TEKK 2F
529
T
160
AnaIndsM ●
587
C
42
China
645
C
100
HHRoKopn
472
T
103
TEKK 3H
530
T
161
AnaIndsL ●
588
C
43
C Splsh1
646
C
101
HHRoKcls
473
T
104
TEKK 3M
531
T
162
AnaIndsF ●
589
C
44
C Splsh2
647
C
102
HHcl2Xfd ●
474
T
105
TEKK 3L
532
T
163
Udu808H ●
590
C
45
AngCym
648
C
103
HHclsXfd ●
475
T
106
TEKK 3F
533
T
164
Udu808L ●
591
C
46
C FX01
649
C
104
FTsplsh1
476
T
107
Distrt H
534
T
165
HybridH ●
592
C
47
C FX02
650
C
105
FTsplsh2 ●
477
T
108
Distrt M
535
T
166
HybridM ●
593
C
48
Thrash ●
651
P
1
P AgogCh
478
T
109
Distrt L
536
T
167
HybridL ●
594
C
49
ReverseC
652
P
2
P AgogH1
479
T
110
Distrt F
537
T
168
HybridF ●
595
C
50
HCym1
653
P
3
P AgogH2
480
T
111
TomMUJH
538
T
169
IndTmH ●
596
C
51
HCymOpnL
654
P
4
P ATR
481
T
112
TomMUJM
539
T
170
IndTmM ●
597
C
52
HCymClsL
655
P
5
P Bell
482
T
113
TomMUJ L
540
T
171
IndTmL ●
598
C
53
HCymOpnM
656
P
6
P BongMu
483
T
114
ETMooRH
541
T
172
IndTmF ●
599
C
54
HCymClsM
657
P
7
P BongHi
484
T
115
ETMooRM
542
T
173
Night H
600
C
55
HCym2 ●
658
P
8
P BongLo
485
T
116
ETMooRL
543
T
174
Night M
601
C
56
H OpnL1 ●
659
P
9
P Cabasa
486
T
117
ETMooRXL
544
T
175
Night L
602
C
57
H OpnL2 ●
660
P
10
P Castnt
487
T
118
T Dist03
545
T
176
Night F
603
C
58
H OpnMU ●
661
P
11
P Conga
488
T
119
Analog
546
C
1
ChinaHi
604
C
59
H OpnDW ●
662
P
12
P CongAn
489
T
120
T EthnoE
547
C
2
CrshDRK
605
C
60
H OpnL3 ●
663
P
13
P Clap8
490
T
121
T GongE
548
C
3
DeepCym ●
606
C
61
H OpnLK ●
664
P
14
P ClapA
491
T
122
TM Revrs
549
C
4
RideXfd ●
607
C
62
H OpnLA1 ●
665
P
15
P ClvsA
492
T
123
AnaTom1 ●
550
C
5
Rider3 ●
608
C
63
H OpnLA2 ●
666
P
16
P Clvs
493
T
124
AnaTom2 ●
551
C
6
Bell A
609
C
64
H OpnLX1 ●
667
P
17
P BassDr
494
T
125
AnaTom3 ●
552
C
7
Rocksizl ●
610
C
65
H OpnDWX ●
668
P
18
P CongaC
495
T
126
AnaTom4 ●
553
C
8
RidesizA ●
611
C
66
H OpnNB
669
P
19
P CongaH
496
T
127
AnaTom5 ●
554
C
9
RidesizB ●
612
C
67
H OPMu
670
P
20
P CongaM
497
T
128
AnaTom6 ●
555
C
10
RidesizC ●
613
C
68
H Opn13
671
P
21
P CongaO
498
T
129
GateBndH ●
556
C
11
BellTip
614
C
69
H OpnAn
672
P
22
P CongaS
499
T
130
GateBndM ●
557
C
12
Ridedrk ●
615
C
70
H OpnTc
673
P
23
P CongC7
500
T
131
GateBndL ●
558
C
13
Sizzler ●
616
C
71
H OpnAMu
674
P
24
P CongBe
501
T
132
GateBndF ●
559
C
14
FlatTop ●
617
C
72
H QOpnNB
675
P
25
P Cong8H
502
T
133
DistOm H ●
560
C
15
RideRock
618
C
73
H QOpn13
676
P
26
P Cong8L
503
T
134
DistOm M ●
561
C
16
FastCras
619
C
74
H QOPMu
677
P
27
P CowB1
504
T
135
DistOm L ●
562
C
17
VoclShKR ●
620
C
75
H Cls01
678
P
28
P CowB2
505
T
136
DistOm F ●
563
C
18
RaveRide ●
621
C
76
H ClsNB1
679
P
29
P CowBM
506
T
137
AmbTomH
564
C
19
InddogCR ●
622
C
77
H ClsNB2 ●
680
P
30
P CowBAn
507
T
138
AmbTomM
565
C
20
SoftRoll
623
C
78
H ClsMu
681
P
31
P CuicaH
508
T
139
AmbTomL
566
C
21
DeepDRK
624
C
79
H Cls13
682
P
32
P CuicaL
509
T
140
AmbTomF
567
C
22
TambHH ●
625
C
80
H ClsTc1
683
P
33
P Kalmb
510
T
141
EthnTomH ●
568
C
23
FasCrash ●
626
C
81
H ClsTc2
684
P
34
P EthCB
511
T
142
EthnTomL ●
569
C
24
BriteCrs
627
C
82
H ClsTc3
685
P
35
P EthWB
512
T
143
RetroTmH ●
570
C
25
SizzlLit ●
628
C
83
H ClsTc4
686
P
36
P FSnap1
513
T
144
RetroTmM ●
571
C
26
SizzlDrk ●
629
C
84
H ClsA1
687
P
37
P FSnap2
514
T
145
RetroTmL ●
572
C
27
SizzlRck ●
630
C
85
H ClsA2
688
P
38
P Guiro
515
T
146
RetroTmF ●
573
C
28
RideLite
631
C
86
H TiCls1
689
P
39
P GuiSht
516
T
147
TOMntrlH
574
C
29
RideDark
632
C
87
H TiCls2
690
P
40
P HiQ
517
T
148
TOMntrlM
575
C
30
RideRock
633
C
88
H Pdl13
691
P
41
P Log H
518
T
149
TOMntrlL
576
C
31
RidB Lit
634
C
89
H PdlNB
692
P
42
P Log L
519
T
150
TOMntrlF
577
C
32
RidB Drk
635
C
90
H PdlMu
693
P
43
P MarcsA
520
T
151
ACTomH
578
C
33
RidB Rc
636
C
91
H PdlDW
694
P
44
P Marcs
521
T
152
ACTomM
579
C
34
Ride Anl
637
C
92
H PdlLit ●
695
P
45
P MtBel
522
T
153
ACTomL
580
C
35
Ride'EM ●
638
C
93
H PdTit
696
P
46
P Mtron
145
Appendix
146
No
Grp
G.No
No
Grp
G.No
697
P
47
P Scrach
Name (LCD)
755
E
2
E Didger
Name (LCD)
No
Grp
G.No
813
E
60
Name (LCD)
698
P
48
P ShakeA
756
E
3
E FM Met
814
E
61
SDdkrim ●
872
k
4
GlockenH
699
P
49
P Shake1
757
E
4
E Glass1
815
E
62
INDride3
873
k
5
GlockenM
700
P
50
P Shake2
758
E
5
C Crash
816
E
63
INDride2 ●
874
k
6
GlockenL
701
P
51
P SlBell
759
E
6
E Gun 1
817
E
64
DogHats ●
875
k
7
Celesta
702
P
52
P SurdoM
760
E
7
E Gun 3
818
E
65
INDconga ●
876
k
8
SteelDr3
703
P
53
P Surdo
761
E
8
E Indust
819
E
66
EvlLoop✽
877
k
9
704
P
54
P TablaH
762
E
9
E InsAmb
820
E
67
Gargoyle ●
878
k
10
Chorus 4 ✽
705
P
55
P TablaM
763
E
10
E LoMo
821
E
68
RatlBoom ●
879
k
11
Chor 539 ✽
706
P
56
P TablaN
764
E
11
E MotoM
822
E
69
Spirals✽
880
k
12
Chor 516 ✽
707
P
57
P TablaO
765
E
12
E OrcHt1
823
E
70
AlienSp✽ ●
881
k
13
ORGAN 3 ✽
708
P
58
P TambA
766
E
13
E CBRadi
824
E
71
INDshakr ●
882
k
14
sitar599
709
P
59
P Tambrn
767
E
14
E ComVc
825
E
72
LoMLoop✽ ●
883
k
15
Brass 4 ✽
710
P
60
P TimbH
768
E
15
E Funky
826
E
73
LoMsolo✽
884
k
16
Brass 5 ✽
711
P
61
P TimbL
769
E
16
E HipNs
827
E
74
Wakloop✽ ●
885
k
17
SBrass 4 ✽
712
P
62
P Timb
770
E
17
E Motor
828
E
75
RaveWave ●
886
k
18
SBrass 5 ✽
713
P
63
P TimCas
771
E
18
E OOOWWW
829
E
76
TablaX ●
887
k
19
Trp 4 ✽
714
P
64
P TriMut
772
E
19
E TekGt
830
E
77
DigiTime ● ✽
888
k
20
MTrp 4 ✽
715
P
65
P Triang
773
E
20
E TV vo
831
E
78
LoopItUp ● ✽
889
k
21
Trb 3 ✽
716
P
66
P CongaG
774
E
21
E Yadee
832
E
79
BuzzyWak ●
890
s
1
STRNG 4 ✽
717
P
67
P Udo F
775
E
22
E Scream
833
E
80
HandyDad ●
891
s
2
STRNG 3 ✽
718
P
68
P Udo H
776
E
23
E Bottle
834
E
81
HandySon ●
892
s
3
SStrngA ✽
719
P
69
P Udo L
777
E
24
E CarPss
835
E
82
TineDrum ●
893
s
4
SStrngB ✽
720
P
70
P VibrS
778
E
25
E Crush
836
E
83
MetalDip ●
894
s
5
SynSt 3 ✽
721
P
71
P WBloc
779
E
26
E CStart
837
E
84
Creature ●
895
s
6
Syn 3 ✽
Strg 552
SDdark! ●
No
Grp
G.No
871
k
3
Name (LCD)
Xylophon
SynPf 3
722
P
72
P WHP
780
E
27
E Dog
838
E
85
AMRhythm ●
896
s
7
723
P
73
P Whist
781
E
28
E FStep
839
E
86
TungDrum ●
897
s
8
Syn 531 ✽
724
P
74
P ClapL
782
E
29
E DSqrm
840
E
87
RubbrOil
898
b
1
AcBass
725
P
75
P TalkD
783
E
30
E Door
841
E
88
BreakOut ●
899
b
2
SyBass1L
726
P
76
P TimpH
784
E
31
E Gun 2
842
E
89
OmenBass ●
900
b
3
SyBass1H
727
P
77
P TimpL
785
E
32
E BrsHit
843
E
90
TimbTimp ●
901
b
4
BassSAWL ✽
728
P
78
P GranC
786
E
33
E OrcHt1
844
E
91
NoyzEB ●
902
b
5
BassSAWH ✽
729
P
79
P GrnCRe
787
E
34
E Laugh
845
E
92
SlikRoad ●
903
b
6
SyBass2L
730
P
80
P Taiko
788
E
35
E NZE ✽
846
E
93
6AMBreth ●
904
b
7
SyBass2H
731
P
81
P WCHim
789
E
36
E PAD
847
E
94
Reverse ●
905
b
8
BassSINL
732
P
82
Cabasa ●
790
E
37
E Ring
848
E
95
HaHoHee ●
906
b
9
BassSINH
733
P
83
SWhistH✽
791
E
38
E Stream
849
E
96
TymKeepr ●
907
b
10
S.BassL
734
P
84
SWhistL✽
792
E
39
Stream ✽
850
E
97
WetMetal ●
908
b
11
S.BassH
735
P
85
JingBell
793
E
40
E Thundr
851
E
98
SloSprkl ●
909
b
12
P.BassL
736
P
86
Bell Tre
794
E
41
E Tire
852
E
99
TakeOff ●
910
b
13
P.BassH
737
P
87
AnCowbll
795
E
42
E USS
853
E
100
JerseyL ✽
911
b
14
J.BassL
738
P
88
AnCongaH
796
E
43
E Seasho
854
E
101
UptownL ✽
912
b
15
J.BassH
739
P
89
AnCongaM
797
E
44
E Bird-P
855
E
102
Hollis L ✽
913
b
16
E.BassL
740
P
90
AnCongaL ●
798
E
45
E Bird
856
E
103
PhatLoo ✽
914
b
17
E.BassH
741
P
91
AnMaracs ●
799
E
46
E Heli
857
E
104
SwingnL ✽
915
b
18
SyBass3L
742
P
92
XfadeTri ●
800
E
47
E Heli ✽
858
E
105
KillnL ✽
916
b
19
SyBass3H
743
P
93
Tambourn
801
E
48
EAmbush ●
859
E
106
Kangroo✽ ●
917
H
1
HHfatcls
744
P
94
Maracas ●
802
E
49
E Applau ●
860
E
107
Machine✽ ●
918
H
2
HHbrtcls
745
P
95
Tabla B
803
E
50
LPscNoiz ✽
861
E
108
NYCLoop✽ ●
919
H
3
HHntrlcl
746
P
96
Tabla BL
804
E
51
OrchSmsh ●
862
E
109
PsychoL✽ ●
920
H
4
HHnycls
747
P
97
Tabla BM
805
E
52
Shazam! ●
863
E
110
HellsBl ✽
921
H
5
HH32cls
748
P
98
Tabla BV
806
E
53
INDhihat ●
864
E
111
ET Loop ✽ ●
922
H
6
HHopen#1
749
P
99
Tabla OV
807
E
54
INDchina
865
E
112
LoMO LP ✽
923
H
7
HHopen#2
750
P
100
CongaMV
808
E
55
INDride ●
866
E
113
FactryL ✽
924
H
8
Hadlcls1
751
P
101
TalknDrV
809
E
56
INDcrash
867
E
114
Cymbloo✽ ●
925
H
9
Hadlcls2
752
P
102
TalknDrD
810
E
57
SDind59 ●
868
E
115
DIGERDO ✽
926
H
10
Hadlcls3
753
P
103
TalknDrU
811
E
58
INDbells ●
869
k
1
vibe 541
927
H
11
Hadlcls4
754
E
1
E CoolSA
812
E
59
INDrave ●
870
k
2
Marimba
928
H
12
Hpsplsh1
Appendix
GM Keyboard Voice List
No
Layer
No
GrandPno
1
49
2
BritePno
1
3
E.Grand
4
HnkyTonk
5
E.Piano1
6
E.Piano2
7
Harpsi.
1
Category
Piano
8
9
10
Chromatic
Percussion
Display
Layer
No
Strings1
1
97
50
Strings2
1
98
2
51
Syn.Str1
2
99
2
52
Syn.Str2
2
100
Atmosphr
2
2
53
ChoirAah
2
101
Bright
2
2
54
VoiceOoh
1
102
Goblins
2
1
55
SynVoice
1
103
Echoes
2
Clavi.
1
56
Celesta
1
57
Category
Ensemble
Brass
Display
Orch.Hit
1
104
Trumpet
1
105
Category
Synth
Effects
Ethnic
Display
Layer
Rain
2
SoundTrk
2
Crystal
2
SF
2
Sitar
1
1
Glocken
1
58
Trombone
1
106
Banjo
11
MusicBox
2
59
Tuba
1
107
Shamisen
1
12
Vibes
1
60
Mute.Trp
1
108
Koto
1
13
Marimba
1
61
Fr.Horn
1
109
Kalimba
1
14
Xylophon
1
62
BrasSect
1
110
Bagpipe
2
15
TubulBel
1
63
SynBras1
2
111
Fiddle
1
16
Dulcimer
2
64
SynBras2
2
112
Shanai
1
TnklBell
2
17
DrawOrgn
1
65
SprnoSax
1
113
18
PercOrgn
1
66
Alto Sax
1
114
Agogo
1
19
RockOrgn
2
67
TenorSax
1
115
SteelDrm
2
20
ChrchOrg
2
68
Bari.Sax
1
116
WoodBlok
1
21
ReedOrgn
1
69
Oboe
1
117
TaikoDrm
1
22
Acordion
2
70
Eng.Horn
1
118
MelodTom
1
23
Harmnica
1
71
Bassoon
1
119
Syn.Drum
1
24
TangoAcd
2
72
Clarinet
1
120
RevCymbl
1
NylonGtr
1
73
Piccolo
1
121
26
SteelGtr
1
74
Flute
1
122
27
Jazz Gtr
1
75
Recorder
1
123
Seashore
2
28
CleanGtr
2
76
PanFlute
1
124
Tweet
2
29
Mute.Gtr
1
77
Bottle
2
125
Telphone
1
30
Ovrdrive
1
78
Shakhchi
1
126
Helicptr
2
31
Dist.Gtr
1
79
Whistle
1
127
Applause
2
GtrHarmo
1
80
Ocarina
1
128
Gunshot
1
Aco.Bass
1
81
SquareLd
2
25
Organ
Guitar
32
33
Bass
Reed
Pipe
Synth Lead
34
FngrBass
1
82
Saw.Lead
2
35
PickBass
1
83
CaliopLd
2
36
Fretless
1
84
Chiff Ld
2
37
SlapBas1
1
85
CharanLd
2
38
SlapBas2
1
86
Voice Ld
2
39
SynBass1
1
87
Fifth Ld
2
40
SynBass2
1
88
Violin
1
89
42
Viola
1
90
Warm Pad
2
43
Cello
1
91
PolySyPd
2
44
ContraBs
1
92
ChoirPad
2
45
Trem.Str
2
93
BowedPad
2
46
Pizz.Str
2
94
MetalPad
2
47
Harp
1
95
Halo Pad
2
48
Timpani
1
96
SweepPad
2
41
Strings
Synth Pad
Bass &Ld
2
NewAgePd
2
Percussiv
Sound
Effect
FretNoiz
1
BrthNoiz
1
147
Appendix
Preset Drum Kit
Drum Kit List
User Drum kits
(Rewritable)
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Name
Acoustkt
RockLive
PowerKit
BigRoomD
RockDry1
RockDry2
RockDry3
RockDry4
RockDry5
HipDanse
HardGtBD
kick3itm
N.Y. 3
N.Y. 4
Livinlrg
Hats!dog
DownTown
Space123
SD!Panic
Reggae
Tabla
AlterPer
SFX 1
SFX 2
Piano
Vibe
SteelDrm
Strings
Bass
User kit
User kit
User kit
33 Acoustic
Preset Drum kits
Number
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Name
Acoustic
Rock 1
Hip-Hop
Industry
N.Y. 1
N.Y. 2
Country
BeBop
Rock 2
1970 kit
X-Fade
Studio
Dance 1
Dance 2
HHpDncMX
WldDncMX
IndustMX
Banana
LatinPer
Symphony
Latin
World 1
World 2
GM std 1
GM std 2
GM room
GM rock
GM elec.
GM anal.
GM jazz
GM brush
GM class
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
40
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
33
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
13
14
15
17
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
T
T
T
C
T
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
151
152
153
59
154
47
37
94
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
9
46
95
238
7
111
48
249
14
113
49
79
4
91
3
57
2
1
40
1
13
14
6
93
42
28
40
70
9
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
6
86
ACTomH
ACTomM
ACTomL
H OpnDW
ACTomF
P Scrach
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
BDaftty2
BuzRgRim
BD 24Dry
BDbasc1
S SStck2
Cool Dry
P ClapA
Loosy
DRY GM1
H Cls13
Dry1 Flr
H PdlDW
Dry1 Lo
H OpnL2
Dry1 Mid
Dry1 Hi
CrashB
Dry1 Hi
Sizzler
FlatTop
Bell A ✽
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizB
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
Bell A ✽
Bell Tre
fine
-33
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-36
0
0
40
0
0
-35
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
1
0
-2
-3
-2
-2
3
-1
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
0
-1
4
0
0
1
4
2
0
-1
-2
0
-1
0
1
3
0
2
-2
-1
0
0
-2
0
2
0
-2
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
148
Key mode
Key off
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
0:disable, 1:enable
Appendix
35 Hip-Hop
34 Rock 1
PAD ASSIGNMENT
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
55
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
33
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
13
14
15
17
53
49
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
T
T
T
C
T
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
E
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
E
P
E
E
E
E
E
P
P
P
E
E
E
C
E
173
174
175
101
176
47
37
104
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
98
46
60
210
7
112
48
227
14
113
49
76
28
97
27
100
26
25
40
54
28
39
33
93
42
28
40
96
27
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
97
83
9
33
32
33
32
71
31
66
113
99
70
6
72
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
1
0
4
0
4
(H.Hat)
1
0
4
0
1st
38
41
19
59
49
46
36
53
14
56
Note Number (0: off)
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
GrandPno (ch=16)
45
47
48
50
GrandPno (ch=16)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
33
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
23
15
27
0
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
Night H
Night M
Night L
HHRoKcls
Night F
P Scrach
P FSnap2
FTsplsh1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
SAmbie1
S STK_HT
2HeadLo
Fatbrim
BD 24Dry
BDbasc2
S SStck2
Sheetmtl
P ClapA
Loosy
DRY GM1
H ClsNB1
Room1Flr
HHFTpdl1
Room1 Lo
HHRoKopn
Room1Mid
Room1 Hi
CrashB
DRY GM6
RideLite
C CrshAC
RidB Rc
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
TymKeepr
SizzlRck
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
WetMetal
SWhistH✽
E InsAmb
E OrcHt1
E BrsHit
E OrcHt1
E BrsHit
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CongaG
FactryLP
TakeOff
AlienSp✽
Bell A ✽
LoMLoop✽
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
-1
0
-1
0
-1
2
0
0
0
0
-2
0
3
-41
-1
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
-36
0
0
4
0
0
40
0
32
-1
0
4
-35
1
0
0
0
-3
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-2
0
-1
0
-2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
-26
0
0
0
0
-4
20
0
0
2
0
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
-1
0
-7
0
-3
0
-9
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
6
5
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
K
E
E
C
K
K
E
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
E
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
E
S
T
C
K
C
T
C
T
T
E
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
E
P
P
P
P
T
T
P
T
P
T
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
E
P
E
P
E
E
68
115
15
79
72
104
106
94
46
45
1
71
95
92
18
93
81
10
176
46
114
5
8
34
48
127
32
127
14
75
56
91
16
61
14
13
50
15
28
43
33
93
40
28
40
70
62
7
8
20
11
175
175
61
174
3
173
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
72
31
75
64
16
49
108
101
Sub1
DIGERDO
E Funky
H Cls13
Sub5
BDurban1
KangrooL
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P AgogCh
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
E OOOWWW
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
AnHitRim
S STK_HT
BDlong1
Hip Hop
BD DRYB1
BD ELEC2
S SStck2
RoldGold
E BrsHit
RoldGold
Jazz Mid
H Cls01
Pointy
H PdlDW
Jazz Flr
H OpnLK
Jazz Mid
Jazz Hi
LPscNoiz
Jazz Lo
RideLite
C Splsh1
RidB Rc
Tambourn
CrashB
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
INDride3
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
Night L
Night L
P TimbL
Night M
P AgogH2
Night H
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WHP
P CuicaH
RaveWave
P TriMut
E HipNs
P Shake1
NYCLoop
UptownL
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
-54
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
48
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
21
-10
Pitch
Corse
0
1
1
0
6
-1
2
-1
1
1
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
-1
0
1
4
0
0
3
-5
1
0
-2
-2
0
-1
0
3
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
0
0
0
2
0
13
0
0
0
1
-5
-1
-8
-1
-4
1
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
149
Appendix
36 Industry
37 N.Y. 1
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
4
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
71
56
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
74
76
0
0
0
0
2nd
31
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
33
0
73
0
RIM
34
79
84
15
17
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
83
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
19
106
17
80
102
73
37
94
46
45
28
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
206
46
106
35
7
93
48
213
32
213
49
64
110
91
176
57
174
173
1
54
28
43
6
93
2
28
40
49
12
7
8
20
11
11
61
61
1
3
82
94
1
84
2
2
16
4
71
31
1
64
65
49
43
20
BD NN04C
BDurban2
E Motor
H ClsTc1
Hollis L
AnaQuick
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P CowB2
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Ambt1rim
S STK_HT
BDurban2
OpnRimD
BD 24Dry
BDvman 1
S SStck2
Enotype
E BrsHit
Enotype
DRY GM1
DogHats
HellsBel
H PdlDW
Night F
H OpnL2
Night M
Night H
ChinaHi
DRY GM6
RideLite
C Splsh1
Bell A ✽
Tambourn
CrshDRK
P CowB2
CrashB
ReverseC
Ridedrk
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbL
P TimbL
STRNG 4
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
STRNG 4
SWhistL✽
STRNG 3
STRNG 3
P Clvs
SStrngB4
P WBloc
P CuicaH
E CoolSA
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
C Splsh1
E TV vo
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-7
0
0
40
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-35
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-37
Pitch
Corse
0
-2
0
0
1
-1
3
-1
1
1
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
1
0
0
0
0
0
-5
-2
0
0
0
0
2
0
-6
-1
2
0
0
-1
-2
0
-2
0
2
-5
-1
0
0
0
1
-3
0
-8
1
-4
0
0
-12
2
2
-24
-2
-6
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
3
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
150
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
4
0
3
(H.Hat)
1
0
1
0
1st
40
45
43
59
46
53
52
56
Note Number (0: off)
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
RockOrgn (ch=14)
RockOrgn (ch=14)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Fifth Ld (ch=15)
42
44
46
0
Synbass1 (cn=16)
0
0
0
0
49
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
19
18
54
17
53
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
K
K
E
C
E
K
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
E
S
T
E
E
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
s
P
P
P
s
P
s
s
P
s
P
P
E
P
P
P
C
E
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
Voice Name
K
K
K
C
E
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
E
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
E
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
E
C
E
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
118
118
118
80
73
47
70
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
99
10
9
46
6
224
7
92
48
249
14
113
49
79
104
91
8
66
14
13
40
54
28
18
6
98
42
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
62
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
6
86
BDbass2
BDbass2
BDbass2
H ClsTc1
LoMsolo✽
P Scrach
P VibrS
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
TakeOff
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
BD GMM2
FX rim
BD 24Dry
BDersko1
S SStck2
Cool Dry
P ClapA
Loosy
DRY GM1
H Cls13
SwingnL
H PdlDW
Dry2 Flr
H OpnNB
Jazz Mid
Jazz Hi
CrashB
DRY GM6
RideLite
E OOOWWW
Bell A ✽
SloSprkl
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P Timb
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
Bell A ✽
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
40
0
0
-35
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
-12
-5
2
4
2
0
0
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
0
0
4
0
0
1
4
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
-1
-1
-1
-2
0
2
0
-1
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Appendix
38 N.Y. 2
39 Country
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
2
2
0
4
1
1
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
78
71
45
43
46
36
59
52
56
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
80
81
83
74
76
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BritePno (ch=13)
Orch.Hit (ch15)
42
44
46
0
SynBass1 (ch16)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2nd
40
79
73
0
17
RIM
34
0
0
33
18
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
30
31
18
50
113
88
15
14
24
23
49
49
57
52
58
55
53
93
227
44
109
228
45
16
42
227
97
9
242
101
105
91
154
100
241
241
168
241
1
16
172
37
33
5
168
48
1
90
91
103
94
94
39
39
86
86
92
22
2
62
1
2
99
4
1
1
1
1
1
27
1
64
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
31
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
23
18
33
17
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
E
E
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
C
S
S
C
E
C
T
C
S
S
T
S
C
C
T
P
C
P
T
P
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
P
C
C
C
P
s
P
s
s
C
s
s
s
s
s
s
P
s
P
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
P CowBAn
P CuicaH
P CongaC
P Shake2
FactryLP
BreakOut
P ClvsA
P ClapA
P CongBe
P CongC7
P Shake1
P Shake1
Tekk
Dance02
Tekk 01
Dance05
Dance03
H PdTit
Sheetmtl
S Gate2
BDevolvr
Shmtlrim
BDAnlg L
BD KONG1
S Gate
Sheetmtl
HHFTpdl1
Wood65
WackyEFX
HHRoKcls
KillnL
H PdlDW
ACTomF
HHRoKopn
Nashvill
Nashvill
HybridF
Nashvill
ChinaHi
FastCras
IndTmF
P FSnap2
RidB Rc
P Bell
HybridF
P ShakeA
ChinaHi
H PdlMu
H PdlDW
HHclsXfd
H SplNB
H SplNB
P GuiSht
P GuiSht
H TiCls1
H TiCls1
H PdlLit
P CongaS
STRNG 3
P Timb
STRNG 4
STRNG 3
FTsplRK2
SStrngB4
STRNG 4
STRNG 4
STRNG 4
STRNG 4
STRNG 4
P CowB1
STRNG 4
P TriMut
fine
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
0
0
3
0
0
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
0
0
2
0
0
0
6
9
2
14
-1
-3
-1
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
0
-8
1
-4
0
0
-17
2
-10
0
-2
5
5
-22
-15
-7
4
0
-5
0
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
E
P
C
C
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
E
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
52
101
40
80
1
59
37
94
46
45
28
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
9
46
55
158
8
95
48
217
32
135
49
79
4
91
3
66
2
1
38
54
28
40
6
93
42
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
61
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
43
86
P SurdoM
UptownL
P HiQ
H ClsTc1
ChinaHi
P Tambrn
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P CowB2
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
WudPoint
BigWdRim
BD DRYB1
BDaftty2
S SStck2
Woody
E BrsHit
Nashvill
DRY GM1
H Cls13
Dry1 Flr
H PdlDW
Dry1 Lo
H OpnNB
Dry1 Mid
Dry1 Hi
C Crash
DRY GM6
RideLite
CrashB
Bell A ✽
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbL
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
C Splsh1
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
40
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
1
2
0
-1
-1
3
-1
1
1
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
4
0
0
0
-5
-1
0
0
-2
0
-3
0
-1
0
-4
0
0
-1
-1
0
-2
0
2
0
-2
0
0
0
1
-3
0
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
151
Appendix
40 BeBop
41 Rock 2
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
28
59
49
46
33
53
53
56
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2nd
40
0
0
0
25
0
0
42
36
0
0
0
RIM
34
13
14
17
27
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
17
18
19
59
20
47
37
94
46
45
71
71
199
92
197
204
81
10
9
46
61
218
7
92
48
249
14
9
49
79
16
88
16
59
14
13
1
1
13
3
32
93
16
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
2
86
BrshJzHi
BrshJzMd
BrshJzLo
H OpnDW
BrshJzFl
P Scrach
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshHit2
BrSwL✽
BrshHit1
BrshAtak
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
2HedMed1
Woodyrim
BD 24Dry
BDersko1
S SStck2
Cool Dry
P ClapA
Wood65
DRY GM1
H Cls13
Jazz Flr
H Pdl13
Jazz Flr
H OpnDW
Jazz Mid
Jazz Hi
ChinaHi
Dry1 Hi
Sizzler
DeepCym
RidB Drk
Tambourn
FastCras
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
CrshDRK
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
57
2
0
2
0
-2
2
-3
0
-2
0
-2
0
3
27
0
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
-1
0
0
2
1
0
4
0
0
40
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
-4
-28
-1
0
1
-57
-2
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
-2
0
-2
10
0
0
0
0
-2
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
-2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
152
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
55
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
33
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
13
14
15
17
53
49
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
T
T
T
C
T
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
Trigger Input
Voice Name
T
T
T
C
T
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
E
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
E
P
E
E
E
E
E
P
P
P
E
E
E
C
E
173
174
175
101
176
47
37
104
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
98
46
16
170
7
112
48
227
14
73
49
79
28
89
27
57
26
25
40
54
28
39
33
93
42
28
40
96
27
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
97
83
9
11
32
11
32
71
31
66
113
93
70
6
72
Night H
Night M
Night L
HHRoKcls
Night F
P Scrach
P FSnap2
FTsplsh1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
SAmbie1
S STK_HT
BD KONG1
SnarfRim
BD 24Dry
BDbasc2
S SStck2
Sheetmtl
P ClapA
RockM
DRY GM1
H Cls13
Room1Flr
H PdlNB
Room1 Lo
H OpnL2
Room1Mid
Room1 Hi
CrashB
DRY GM6
RideLite
C CrshAC
RidB Rc
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
TymKeepr
SizzlRck
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
WetMetal
SWhistH✽
E InsAmb
E MotoM
E BrsHit
E MotoM
E BrsHit
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CongaG
FactryLP
6AMBreth
AlienSp✽
Bell A ✽
LoMLoop✽
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
-41
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-36
0
0
40
32
0
-35
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
-26
0
0
20
0
0
-4
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
-1
-1
-1
0
0
-2
3
-1
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
0
0
4
0
0
-1
4
1
0
0
0
-1
0
0
-2
-1
-2
0
0
-2
0
0
-4
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
0
-2
-7
-4
-9
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
Appendix
42 1970 kit
43 X-Fade
PAD ASSIGNMENT
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
40
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
23
18
33
17
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
101
40
80
1
59
37
94
46
45
28
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
10
46
55
158
8
109
48
217
32
27
49
79
158
91
157
66
156
155
38
54
28
40
6
93
42
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
61
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
43
86
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
Note Number (0: off)
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
31
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
slapbas1 (ch13)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
44
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
23
27
33
39
53
55
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
E
P
C
C
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
E
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
Trigger Input
P SurdoM
UptownL
P HiQ
H ClsTc1
ChinaHi
P Tambrn
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P CowB2
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
S Dry
S STK_HT
WudPoint
BigWdRim
BD DRYB1
BDevolvr
S SStck2
Woody
E BrsHit
Pilow Sn
DRY GM1
H Cls13
TOMXfadF
H PdlDW
TOMXfadL
H OpnNB
TOMXfadM
TOMXfadH
C Crash
DRY GM6
RideLite
CrashB
Bell A ✽
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbL
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
C Splsh1
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
1
0
2
2
0
0
-1
0
-1
0
3
0
-1
-20
1
-19
1
38
0
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
2
-3
0
5
0
-1
40
0
0
0
0
-5
13
1
0
0
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-3
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
-1
10
-1
0
0
0
-2
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
-2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
0
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
Voice Name
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
E
S
T
C
K
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
52
2
40
80
47
47
37
94
46
45
28
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
9
46
55
155
8
109
48
217
32
238
3
79
56
91
158
66
156
155
40
54
28
43
6
93
42
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
61
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
43
86
P SurdoM
CrshDRK
P HiQ
H ClsTc1
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
H SplNB
P Mtron
P MtBel
P CowB2
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
WudPoint
Steel
BD DRYB1
BDevolvr
S SStck2
Woody
E BrsHit
BuzRgRim
Dry1 Lo
H Cls13
Pointy
H PdlDW
TOMXfadF
H OpnNB
TOMXfadM
TOMXfadH
CrashB
DRY GM6
RideLite
C Splsh1
Bell A ✽
Tambourn
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbL
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
C Splsh1
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-7
0
0
40
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
0
2
0
4
-1
3
-1
1
1
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
4
0
0
0
-5
-2
0
0
-2
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
0
-2
0
2
0
-2
0
0
0
1
-3
0
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
0
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
153
Appendix
44 Studio
45 Dance 1
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
51
54
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
20
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
74
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
26
8
6
4
4
7
5
16
14
17
49
78
4
92
3
67
2
1
41
54
28
42
48
7
44
6
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
44
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
H QOPMu
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
Tosh Sn
Dry2 Flr
BD GMM2
Fat looz
BD GMM
BD 24Dry
Dry2 Hi
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsMu
Dry1 Flr
H PdlLit
Dry1 Lo
H OPMu
Dry1 Mid
Dry1 Hi
PaperThn
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
Thrash
Dry2 Lo
C Splsh2
Dry2 Mid
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
C Splsh2
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
0
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
-2
40
-2
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
0
0
13
0
2
0
9
0
2
0
10
0
0
0
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
0
0
0
20
-3
0
2
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
154
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
40
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
70
17
18
52
53
55
54
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
T
K
S
K
K
T
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
T
C
T
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
C
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
49
80
40
52
46
36
165
44
37
65
55
14
59
98
84
105
85
104
69
103
101
45
95
28
42
31
93
43
30
40
70
34
7
8
25
26
26
60
61
3
3
82
91
83
84
39
38
15
71
71
47
47
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
ReverseC
SnrRoll✽
P HiQ
Dance02
S STK_HT
BDDance1
HiFive
BDDance9
BDDance2
AnSStick
Dance05
P ClapA
Tekk 02
TEKK 1F
H ClsA1
TEKK 3L
H ClsA2
TEKK 3M
H OpnAn
TEKK 3H
TEKK 2L
AngCym
TEKK 1H
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowBAn
CrashB
P VibrS
Ride Anl
P BongHi
P BongLo
P Cong8H
P Cong8L
P Cong8L
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
AnMaracs
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P ClvsA
P WBloc
P WBloc
P Scrach
P Scrach
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
32
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
-1
0
0
-2
0
0
2
4
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
0
-2
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
-5
-8
1
-4
0
1
2
2
9
0
2
0
-6
1
-4
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Appendix
46 Dance 2
47 HHpDncMX
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
35
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
82
19
18
52
53
55
54
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
43
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
49
80
40
55
46
37
31
44
39
65
66
14
67
98
84
98
85
97
69
96
95
45
95
28
42
31
58
44
30
40
70
34
7
8
25
26
26
60
61
3
3
82
91
83
84
39
38
15
71
71
47
47
64
65
49
85
86
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Note Number (0: off)
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
VoiceOoh (ch14)
0
0
0
0
VoiceOoh (ch14)
0
0
0
4
43
0
0
0
0
0
52
0
0
0
0
0
59
0
0
0
0
3
Orch.Hit (ch15)
(H.Hat)
46
42
44
46
0
1
SynBass1(ch16)
0
0
53
0
0
0
0
1
53
49
0
0
0
0
56
0
0
0
0
Key-on
Mode
RIM
34
0
0
17
17
53
16
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
C
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P MarcsA
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
ReverseC
SnrRoll✽
P HiQ
Dance05
S STK_HT
BDDance2
OpnRim
BDDance9
BDDance4
AnSStick
AnalogH1
P ClapA
AnalogL1
TEKK 1F
H ClsA1
TEKK 1F
H ClsA2
TEKK 1L
H OpnAn
TEKK 1M
TEKK 1H
AngCym
TEKK 1H
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
P TambA
C Splsh2
P CowBAn
CrashB
P VibrS
Ride Anl
P BongHi
P BongLo
P Cong8H
P Cong8L
P Cong8L
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
AnMaracs
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P ClvsA
P WBloc
P WBloc
P Scrach
P Scrach
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
32
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
-1
0
0
-2
0
0
2
4
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
0
-2
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
-5
-8
1
-4
0
1
2
2
9
0
2
0
-6
1
-4
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
K
K
K
C
E
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
E
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
E
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
E
C
E
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
118
118
118
80
73
47
70
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
99
10
9
46
6
184
7
92
48
249
14
104
49
79
104
91
8
66
14
13
40
54
28
18
6
98
42
28
40
70
8
7
8
20
11
11
62
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
6
86
BDbass2 **
BDbass2 **
BDbass2 **
H ClsTc1
LoMsolo✽
P Scrach
P VibrS
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
TakeOff **
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
BD GMM2
AnaWeRim **
BD 24Dry
BDersko1 **
S SStck2
Cool Dry **
P ClapA
SAna1 **
DRY GM1
H Cls13
SwingnL
H PdlDW
Dry2 Flr
H OpnNB
Jazz Mid
Jazz Hi
CrashB
DRY GM6
RideLite
E OOOWWW
Bell A ✽
SloSprkl
China
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
RidesizA
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P Timb
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
Bell A ✽
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
40
0
0
-35
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
-12
-5
2
4
2
0
0
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
0
0
4
0
0
1
4
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
-1
-1
-1
-2
0
2
0
-1
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
155
Appendix
48 WldDncMX
49 IndustMX
PAD ASSIGNMENT
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
52
67
58
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
54
32
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
51
30
6
56
4
89
59
16
14
17
49
84
30
88
35
69
18
13
104
54
28
42
60
14
32
34
40
70
50
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
117
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
Dance01
E Door
BD GMM2
Dance06
BD GMM
BDRave10
INDrave
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsA1
E Door
H Pdl13
E NZE ✽
H OpnAn
E OOOWWW
E CBRadi
SwingnL
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
SDdark!
E ComVc
E BrsHit
E Laugh
CrashB
P VibrS
LPscNoiz
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
ETMooRXL
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
9
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
-6
0
15
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
0
0
5
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
156
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
46
36
53
59
45
Note Number (0: off)
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SlapBas2 (ch15)
VoiceOoh (ch16)
42
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
54
13
0
0
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
E
K
S
K
K
E
S
P
S
T
C
E
C
E
C
E
E
E
T
C
C
E
E
E
E
C
P
E
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
T
P
Trigger Input
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
E
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
E
K
S
K
K
E
S
P
S
T
C
E
C
E
C
S
E
s
T
C
C
C
E
k
E
C
P
b
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
b
P
b
P
b
P
b
P
b
84
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
13
82
6
5
4
103
50
16
14
17
49
78
20
90
85
67
28
76
4
54
28
42
31
16
9
35
40
70
2
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
2
71
2
32
2
65
2
85
3
Creature
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
Looz Pic
TineDrum
BD GMM2
Hip Hop
BD GMM
BDNIN1
LPscNoiz
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsMu
E TV vo
H PdlMu
AMRhythm
H OPMu
Blaaaghf
TablaX
SStrngB4
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
E HipNs
SynPf 3
E NZE ✽
CrashB
P VibrS
SyBass1L
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa **
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
SyBass1L
P WBloc
SyBass1L
P CuicaL
SyBass1L
P Triang
SyBass1L
JingBell
SyBass1H
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-9
0
0
0
0
-2
0
-1
2
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
1
-1
3
0
5
2
5
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Appendix
50 Banana
51 LatinPer
PAD ASSIGNMENT
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
79
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
54
32
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
P
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
P
C
P
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
70
59
6
6
4
34
48
16
14
17
49
78
67
92
68
67
45
53
44
54
28
42
31
93
44
102
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
off
86
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
64
65
66
57
28
67
79
63
33
81
60
61
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
47
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
59
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
20
56
55
52
58
68
49
62
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
Trigger Input
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
Electrik
P Tambrn
BD GMM2
BrassPic
BD GMM
BD ELEC2
S SStck2
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsMu
P Udo F
H PdlLit
P Udo H
H OPMu
Tron Hi
DRY GM5
C Splsh2
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh2
TalknDrD
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
off
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
9
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
40
0
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
0
0
13
0
-2
0
9
0
-5
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
2
0
0
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
K
S
P
P
S
P
P
P
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
6
72
12
22
21
19
46
45
71
71
92
99
100
69
103
10
9
46
61
31
22
24
48
25
14
26
28
79
35
88
41
63
42
54
38
56
28
57
31
93
63
27
68
70
69
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
96
66
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P BongMu
P WHP
P CongAn
P CongaS
P CongaO
P CongaH
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
XfadeTri
Tabla OV
CongaMV
P Udo L
TalknDrU
P Castnt
Wood65
S STK_HT
2HedMed1
OpnRim
P CongaS
P CongBe
S SStck2
P Cong8H
P ClapA
P Cong8L
P CowB2
H Cls13
P EthWB
H Pdl13
P Log H
H OpnLA2
P Log L
P TablaH
C Crash
P TablaN
RideLite
P TablaO
RidB Lit
Tambourn
P TimCas
P CowB1
P Udo H
P VibrS
P Udo L
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
Tabla BL
P CongaG
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
-29
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
0
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-1
0
0
4
-4
0
0
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
-2
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-4
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
157
Appendix
53 Latin
52 Symphony
PAD ASSIGNMENT
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
35
81
49
40
33
83
52
56
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
46
0
0
0
0
RIM
16
76
77
59
58
51
55
54
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
80
54
0
0
0
0
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
k
P
k
k
k
E
E
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
P
S
K
K
S
S
P
P
T
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
C
P
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
2
72
2
2
2
7
7
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
16
46
17
31
49
50
48
26
14
76
12
78
78
90
77
76
77
76
51
76
28
42
31
93
40
27
53
70
52
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
Marimba
P WHP
Marimba
Marimba
Marimba
E Gun 3
E Gun 3
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
SnareM
S STK_HT
P BassDr
OpnRim
GrnCassa
GrCMute
S SStck2
Tosh Sn
P ClapA
P TimpH
Lite Flr
H ClsMu
P GranC
H PdlMu
P TimpL
P TimpH
P TimpL
P TimpH
HCymOpnL
P TimpH
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
CrashB
P CowB1
HCymOpnM
P VibrS
HCymClsL
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
4
0
0
0
7
0
9
0
10
0
0
0
0
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-4
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
-4
0
0
0
-3
0
0
0
-4
0
4
0
1
0
0
0
5
0
4
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
0
0
1
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
158
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
67
68
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
Trigger Input
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
S
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
P
P
P
S
P
S
P
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
52
53
1
162
27
10
3
41
3
42
95
6
18
19
81
22
24
35
8
122
94
77
47
9
13
82
4
77
4
89
4
57
3
3
39
3
3
1
32
59
41
28
40
70
13
7
8
22
21
21
60
61
3
3
9
44
73
73
39
38
16
63
66
31
32
64
65
49
49
81
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P AgogCh
LesRim
P CowB1
P Castnt
P AgogH2
P Log H
P AgogH2
P Log L
BrshTap2
P BongMu
P CongaC
P CongaH
SnRoll2✽
P CongaS
SnareL2
P EthWB
BD DRYB1
AmbiRim
BDaftty1
BigSofty
S SStck1
Wood65
P Clap8
S RO_S
Dry1 Flr
H ClsNB2
Dry1 Flr
H PdlNB
Dry1 Flr
H OpnL2
Dry1 Lo
Dry1 Lo
C CrshAC
Dry1 Lo
DeepCym
ChinaHi
RidB Drk
P Tambrn
PaperThn
P CowB2
CrashB
P VibrS
Sizzler
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaS
P CongaO
P CongaO
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
P Cabasa
P Marcs
P Whist
P Whist
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P TimCas
P CongaG
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
P Shake1
P WCHim
fine
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
-2
-8
0
2
-3
5
4
-2
-5
16
-11
16
0
0
-1
0
-5
0
0
2
0
-1
-6
3
0
0
2
4
0
0
4
0
8
2
6
9
2
14
0
-8
2
-1
1
-4
2
-4
0
0
0
-4
-1
-6
-4
-10
-6
-12
0
0
5
-1
-1
-6
-2
1
-1
4
-4
0
0
-5
-19
-7
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Appendix
54 World 1
55 World 2
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
40
65
66
43
71
67
54
69
33
59
19
17
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
82
28
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
70
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
26
55
57
55
56
54
42
42
41
41
95
69
69
68
68
67
239
67
21
156
60
63
48
28
14
207
4
76
4
89
4
68
3
2
23
1
5
36
31
59
47
28
38
53
27
7
8
22
21
21
60
60
2
2
49
49
86
86
75
75
75
75
75
115
82
64
65
49
85
82
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
35
52
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
P
P
P
P
P
S
P
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
E
E
P
P
P
P
P
E
E
P
P
P
P
E
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P Cong8L
P TablaM
P TablaO
P TablaM
P TablaN
P TablaH
P Log L
P Log L
P Log H
P Log H
BrshTap2
P Udo L
P Udo L
P Udo H
P Udo H
P Udo F
Philydry
P Udo F
BD ROOM2
SteelRim
2HeadLo
2HeadHi
S SStck2
Blaaaghf
P ClapA
Powerpic
Dry1 Flr
H ClsNB1
Dry1 Flr
H PdlNB
Dry1 Flr
H Opn13
Dry1 Lo
Dry1 Mid
FasCrash
Dry1 Hi
Rider3
MinChina
RidB Lit
P Tambrn
C FX02
P CowB2
C Crash
HCymOpnM
SizzlRck
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaS
P CongaO
P CongaO
P TimbH
P TimbH
P AgogH1
P AgogH1
P Shake1
P Shake1
TungDrum
TungDrum
P TalkD
P TalkD
P TalkD
P TalkD
P TalkD
DIGERDO
TineDrum
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
TineDrum
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
-9
0
-20
0
-8
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-6
-19
1
0
3
0
8
0
4
0
-2
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
40
0
0
0
0
4
0
3
0
-1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
5
0
2
0
3
0
5
0
0
0
-8
0
-1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
36
0
0
-2
0
-2
0
-1
0
0
0
-5
0
-5
0
-12
40
0
0
-6
0
-7
0
-2
0
-4
0
2
0
-10
0
-4
0
0
0
3
0
9
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-9
0
-13
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
P
P
P
P
P
23
23
55
57
57
55
56
56
54
2
2
44
44
49
49
42
42
42
41
41
53
35
7
6
7
6
8
18
18
22
22
22
21
19
21
21
19
21
66
66
61
62
61
62
60
62
62
60
62
60
63
63
69
69
68
68
67
67
86
86
86
82
82
82
115
115
83
81
81
65
85
86
P CongC7
P CongC7
P TablaM
P TablaO
P TablaO
P TablaM
P TablaN
P TablaN
P TablaH
P AgogH1
P AgogH1
P Marcs
P Marcs
P Shake1
P Shake1
P Log L
P Log L
P Log L
P Log H
P Log H
P Surdo
P EthWB
P BongHi
P BongMu
P BongHi
P BongMu
P BongLo
P CongaC
P CongaC
P CongaS
P CongaS
P CongaS
P CongaO
P CongaH
P CongaO
P CongaO
P CongaH
P CongaO
P CongaG
P CongaG
P TimbL
P Timb
P TimbL
P Timb
P TimbH
P Timb
P Timb
P TimbH
P Timb
P TimbH
P TimCas
P TimCas
P Udo L
P Udo L
P Udo H
P Udo H
P Udo F
P Udo F
TungDrum
TungDrum
TungDrum
TineDrum
TineDrum
TineDrum
DIGERDO
DIGERDO
MetalDip
P WCHim
P WCHim
P Triang
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
-13
-8
-2
1
4
-2
3
0
0
-13
-8
-11
-19
-8
-12
-20
-11
-8
-8
-1
-9
0
5
0
-3
-4
-1
3
0
1
-1
-4
2
2
-1
-6
0
-11
5
-2
-11
-12
-8
-9
-8
-3
0
-4
5
0
-2
0
-3
0
0
6
-3
1
-5
2
9
-8
-4
2
-8
-3
-6
-3
-17
-11
-8
-24
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
159
Appendix
56 GM std 1
57 GM std 2
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
33
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
16
46
5
31
4
3
48
16
14
17
49
78
50
90
51
67
52
53
38
54
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
SnareM
S STK_HT
BD GML
OpnRim
BD GMM
BD GMH
S SStck2
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsMu
DRY GM2
H PdlMu
DRY GM3
H OPMu
DRY GM4
DRY GM5
C Crash
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
9
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
-1
0
2
20
0
0
2
0
0
6
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
160
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
33
53
67
68
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
81
10
26
46
62
34
6
1
48
14
14
17
49
78
50
88
51
67
52
53
38
54
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnRoll2✽
P Castnt
Tosh Sn
S STK_HT
2HedMed2
OpnRimC
BD GMM2
BD DRY 1
S SStck2
Wood Sn
P ClapA
SnareH
DRY GM1
H ClsMu
DRY GM2
H Pdl13
DRY GM3
H OPMu
DRY GM4
DRY GM5
C Crash
DRY GM6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
-29
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
4
-4
0
0
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
-2
0
-1
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Appendix
58 GM room
59 GM rock
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
16
46
5
31
4
16
48
14
14
17
55
78
56
90
57
67
58
59
38
60
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
SnareM
S STK_HT
BD GML
OpnRim
BD GMM
BD KONG1
S SStck2
Wood Sn
P ClapA
SnareH
Room 1
H ClsMu
Room 2
H PdlMu
Room 3
H OPMu
Room 4
Room 5
C Crash
Room 6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-27
40
0
0
45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
-2
0
-1
2
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
73
46
30
31
16
28
48
110
14
15
61
78
62
91
63
60
64
65
38
66
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
27
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
RockM
S STK_HT
BD GATE2
OpnRim
BD KONG1
BD Metal
S SStck2
BeatyRim
P ClapA
12Soprno
Rock 1
H ClsMu
Rock 2
H PdlDW
Rock 3
H OpnL3
Rock 4
Rock 5
C Crash
Rock 6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlRck
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
2
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
-2
0
-1
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
Key
Off
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Key
mode
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
161
Appendix
60 GM elec.
61 GM anal.
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
18
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
49
80
40
157
46
3
144
31
32
48
74
14
72
67
77
68
88
69
56
70
71
38
72
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
30
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
47
47
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
ReverseC
SnrRoll✽
P HiQ
BigWood
S STK_HT
BD GMH
SlapyRim
BD GATE3
BD GateM
S SStck2
RockL
P ClapA
RockH
E Tom1
H ClsNB2
E Tom2
H Pdl13
E Tom3
H OpnL1
E Tom4
E Tom5
C Crash
E Tom6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
RideRock
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P Scrach
P Scrach
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
9
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
-1
0
2
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
162
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
38
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
54
78
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
C
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Trigger Input
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
C
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
49
80
40
74
46
19
31
45
46
65
66
14
67
73
84
74
85
75
71
76
77
45
78
28
42
31
93
43
30
40
70
25
7
8
25
26
26
60
61
3
3
82
91
83
84
39
38
15
71
71
47
47
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
ReverseC
SnrRoll✽
P HiQ
RockL
S STK_HT
BD NN04C
OpnRim
BDAnlg L
BDAnlg H
AnSStick
AnalogH1
P ClapA
AnalogL1
AnlgTom1
H ClsA1
AnlgTom2
H ClsA2
AnlgTom3
H OpnAMu
AnlgTom4
AnlgTom5
AngCym
AnlgTom6
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowBAn
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P Cong8H
P Cong8L
P Cong8L
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
AnMaracs
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P ClvsA
P WBloc
P WBloc
P Scrach
P Scrach
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
32
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
-1
0
0
-2
0
0
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
-2
0
-1
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-1
-5
-8
1
-4
0
1
2
2
9
0
2
0
-6
1
-4
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Appendix
62 GM jazz
63 GM brush
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
53
56
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
56
32
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
16
46
5
31
4
10
48
16
14
17
16
78
16
90
15
67
14
13
38
13
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
28
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
36
53
26
84
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIM
39
31
25
38
52
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Trigger Input
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
SnareM
S STK_HT
BD GML
OpnRim
BD GMM
BD GMJ
S SStck2
SnareM
P ClapA
SnareH
Jazz Flr
H ClsMu
Jazz Flr
H PdlMu
Jazz Lo
H OPMu
Jazz Mid
Jazz Hi
C Crash
Jazz Hi
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
Pitch
fine
Corse
0
0
0
2
0
2
2
4
0
4
0
-2
0
3
0
9
-20
1
-19
1
38
11
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
4
12
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
0
2
0
3
0
0
0
-2
10
0
0
-1
0
2
20
0
0
2
0
0
36
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
-30
-3
0
-5
0
-8
40
1
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
9
0
0
0
-2
0
0
0
-6
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
Note
Number
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
S
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
97
46
5
31
4
15
48
97
88
95
20
78
20
90
19
67
18
17
38
17
28
42
31
93
43
27
40
70
25
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
BrshSlpL
S STK_HT
BD GML
OpnRim
BD GMM
BD Soft
S SStck2
BrshSlpL
S Brsh H
BrshTap2
BrshJzFl
H ClsMu
BrshJzFl
H PdlMu
BrshJzLo
H OPMu
BrshJzMd
BrshJzHi
C Crash
BrshJzHi
RideLite
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
CrashB
P VibrS
SizzlLit
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
-1
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-7
0
-2
0
-2
0
-2
-2
2
3
0
-2
0
-1
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
163
Appendix
Preset Style List
64 GM class
y
PAD ASSIGNMENT
Trigger Input
PAD1
PAD2
PAD3
PAD4
PAD5
PAD6
PAD7
PAD8
PAD9
PAD10
PAD11
PAD12
SNARE
TOM1
TOM2
TOM3
TOM4
RIDE
CRASH
H.HAT
KICK
Key-on
Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
(H.Hat)
0
0
0
0
1st
31
48
47
45
43
59
49
46
35
53
76
77
Note Number (0: off)
3rd
4th
5th
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
44
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2nd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
42
0
0
0
0
RIM
34
37
54
52
58
53
55
46
0
0
0
0
MUTE
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
0
0
0
0
0
Drum Voice (ch10)
Note
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Voice Name
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
S
K
S
K
K
S
S
P
S
T
C
T
C
T
C
T
T
C
T
C
C
C
P
C
P
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
52
53
40
72
47
47
37
36
46
45
71
71
95
92
97
93
80
10
16
46
8
31
49
50
48
26
14
21
12
78
12
90
11
67
10
9
51
9
55
42
31
93
43
27
53
70
52
7
8
20
11
11
60
61
3
3
82
94
83
84
39
38
16
71
71
31
32
64
65
49
85
86
P SurdoM
P Surdo
P HiQ
P WHP
P Scrach
P Scrach
P FSnap2
P FSnap1
P Mtron
P MtBel
P WBloc
P WBloc
BrshTap2
BrSwL✽
BrshSlpL
BrSwH✽
SnrRoll✽
P Castnt
SnareM
S STK_HT
BD DRYB1
OpnRim
GrnCassa
GrCMute
S SStck2
Tosh Sn
P ClapA
MrcSnrH
Lite Flr
H ClsMu
Lite Flr
H PdlMu
Lite Lo
H OPMu
Lite Mid
Lite Hi
HCymOpnL
Lite Hi
HCym2
China
RidB Lit
Tambourn
C Splsh1
P CowB1
HCymOpnM
P VibrS
HCymClsL
P BongHi
P BongLo
P CongaM
P Conga
P Conga
P TimbH
P TimbL
P AgogH2
P AgogH2
Cabasa
Maracas
SWhistH✽
SWhistL✽
P GuiSht
P Guiro
P Clvs
P WBloc
P WBloc
P CuicaH
P CuicaL
P TriMut
P Triang
P Shake1
JingBell
Bell Tre
fine
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
-20
-19
38
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
20
0
0
36
0
0
0
0
-30
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pitch
Corse
0
2
2
4
4
-2
3
9
1
1
11
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-1
4
0
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
0
-2
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
-3
-5
-8
1
-4
0
0
2
2
9
0
-2
0
-6
0
-1
0
0
0
2
4
Alt
Grp
Key
Off
Key
mode
3
3
0
0
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold
Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10
Key mode
0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono
164
Key off
0:disable, 1:enable
Style No.
Category
1
Rock & Pop
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Latin
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Dance
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Style name
RP Hop
RP FunkS
RP Dirge
RP N.Y.!
RP Rhino
RP Judge
RP Earth
RP Troll
RP SeeYa
RP Mouth
RP Party
RP GetUp
RP Rozza
RP Faces
RP Start
RP Candy
RP RkBgy
LA Batuc
LA Brasl
LA Cha 1
LA Cha 2
LA Cha 3
LA Parsa
LA Mmbo1
LA Mmbo2
LA Meren
LA Mozam
LA Smba1
LA Soca
LA Songo
LA Cmbia
LA Rmba1
LA Ska
LA Tejan
LA Salsa
LA Smba2
LA Bossa
LA TinRk
LA Rmba2
LA Tango
DA Club
DA House
DA Wintr
DA Jazzy
DA AcidJ
DA Dark?
DA JackS
DA Mage!
DA ABCDE
DA Disco
DA Train
DA Coast
Tempo
92
105
78
106
120
100
111
180
150
134
154
120
110
128
120
148
152
120
115
120
125
135
150
105
112
140
125
98
120
108
100
110
170
130
185
120
120
132
116
132
140
130
115
115
102
92
112
120
120
120
106
120
Appendix
Preset Song List
Style No.
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
Category
Ballad
Hard Rock
Rock & Roll
Rhythm & Blues
Jazz
Reggae
World
Style name
BA Llade
BA Group
BA LovIt
BA Grand
BA Magma
BA Venus
BA Human
BA RioDJ
BA Witby
BA RWalz
BA EWalz
HR Speed
HR Drive
HR HurtN
HR Piles
HR BoogE
HR Help!
RR Crock
RR Billy
RR Gravy
RR Jngle
RR BgWgy
RB Good!
RB Going
RB Funky
RB Brass
RB NFunk
RB JFunk
RB CFS01
RB Blues
RB SBlus
RB South
RB Free!
JA Elope
JA Afro
JA Trio
JA Dook!
JA Bebop
JA Dixie
JA Zzz..
JA Vince
JA WFuse
JA EFuse
RE Cycle
RE Tired
RE Gular
WO Ghan1
WO Ghan2
WO HiLif
WO India
WO Ju-Ju
WO Sowet
WO Zydco
WO NuOrl
WO Grass
WO Polka
WO Mrch
WO Waltz
Tempo
76
108
100
90
110
64
72
90
67
106
90
235
148
70
132
200
90
162
125
128
107
165
142
100
100
100
96
120
122
94
67
60
128
120
100
200
214
140
112
102
180
106
123
144
94
107
155
150
130
120
120
106
195
93
120
126
126
180
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Name
CityDogs
Vee Bop
NYC BOYZ
Whirled
FeelNite
Straight
HR 01
HR 02
HR 03
HR 04
HR 05
BA 01
BA 02
BA 03
BA 04
BA 05
BA 06
BA 07
RP 01
RP 02
RP 03
RP 04
RP 05
RP 06
RP 07
RP 08
RP 09
DA 01
DA 02
DA 03
DA 04
DA 05
DA 06
DA 07
DA 08
LA 01
LA 02
LA 03
LA 04
LA 05
LA 06
LA 07
LA 08
LA 09
LA 10
LA 11
LA 12
LA 13
LA 14
RB 01
Repeat Play
Recorded Track
Linear Track
(TR1,TR2)
Pattern
(Rhythm,
Bass, Chord)
○
No.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Name
RB 02
RB 03
RB 04
RB 05
RB 06
RB 07
RB 08
RB 09
RB 10
RR 01
RR 02
JA 01
JA 02
JA 03
JA 04
JA 05
JA 06
JA 07
JA 08
JA 09
RE 01
RE 02
WO 01
WO 02
WO 03
WO 04
WO 05
WO 06
WO 07
WO 08
8 Beat
Shuffle1
Funk 1
Funk 2
Funk 3
Funk 4
Funk 5
Funk 6
Ballad 1
Ballad 2
Samba FU
Fusion 1
Fusion 2
Shuffle2
Shuffle3
SlowRock
Jazz 1
Jazz 2
Jazz 3
Jazz 4
Repeat Play
Recorded Track
Pattern
(Rhythm,
Bass, Chord)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Linear Track
(TR1,TR2)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
165
166
INPUT
PAD Type
PAD Gain
Level Range
Velocity Range
Velocity Curve
Self Rejection
Rejection
Spec. Rejection
1st Note
Voice
Gate Time
MIDI
2nd Note
Voice
MIDI
3rd Note
Voice
MIDI
4th Note
Voice
MIDI
5th Note
Voice
MIDI
RIM Note
Voice
MIDI
MUTE Note
Voice
MIDI
Key-on Mode
Vel. X-Fade
RIM Mode
RIM Velocity
PAD Function
Drum Kit Name:
1
FS Function
FS MIDI
FS HiHat Cls.
2
3
Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)
4
5
FC Function
FC MIDI
FC Sensitivity
6
7
8
9
HiHat Control
10
11
12
Appendix
Appendix
Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)
Drum Kit Name:
Note
No.
Voice
No.
Name
Volume
Pan
Pitch
C F
Reverb
Send
Modify
Filter
Decay
Key
Mode
Alternate
Group
Key off
Out Port
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Root
Reverb Return
Send Prog. Change
Send Pan
Note
Reverb Type
Send Bank Select
Send Cntrl Change
Reverb Time
Send Volume
167
Appendix
YAMAHA [ Drum Trigger Module ]
Model : DTX
MIDI ImplementationChart
Function...
Transmitted
Recognized
Date: 9-Jan-1996
Version: 1.0
Remarks
Basic
Channel
Default
Changed
5, 6, 7, 10
1 - 16
1 - 16
1 - 16
Mode
Default
Messages
Altered
×
×
＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
3
3
×
: True voice
0 - 127
0 - 127
0 - 127
0 - 127
Velocity
Note on
Note off
〇 9nH, v = 1 - 127
× 9nH, v = 0
〇 v = 1 - 127
×
After
Touch
Key's
Ch's
×
〇 (*1)
×
×
〇 (*1)
〇
7 bit resolution
〇
〇
〇
〇
〇
〇
〇
All sound off
Reset All Controllers
Note
Number
Pitch Bender
Control Change
Program
Change
0, 1, 6, 7
10, 11, 64
71, 72, 73
74, 84, 91
100, 101
120
121
1 - 119
: True number
System Exclusive
memorized
〇 (*1)
〇 0 - 127
＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
〇 0 - 127
〇
〇
System
Common
: Song Position
: Song Select
: Tune
×
×
×
×
×
×
System
Real Time
: Clock
: Commands
〇
〇
〇
〇
Aux
Messages
: Local On/Off
: All Notes Off
: Active Sense
: Reset
×
×
〇
×
×
〇 ( 123 - 127 )
〇
×
Notes : (*1) ; assignable
168
Mode 1: OMNI ON, POLY
Mode 3: OMNI OFF, POLY
Mode 2: OMNI ON, MONO
Mode 4: OMNI OFF, MONO
〇 : Yes
× : No
For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha or the
authorized distributor listed below.
Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen
Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.
Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha
ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante.
NORTH AMERICA
CANADA
Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.
135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,
M1S 3R1, Canada
Tel: 416-298-1311
U.S.A.
SPAIN
PORTUGAL
Valentim de Carvalho CI SA
Estrada de Porto Salvo, Paço de Arcos 2780 Oeiras,
Portugal
Tel: 01-443-3398/4030/1823
GREECE
CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA
SWEDEN
Yamaha De Mexico S.A. De C.V.,
Departamento de ventas
Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del
Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F.
Tel: 686-00-33
BRASIL
Yamaha Musical Do Brasil LTDA.
Ave. Reboucas 2636, São Paulo, Brasil
Tel: 55-11 853-1377
ARGENTINA
YAMAHA MUSIC ARGENTINA S. A.
Viamonte 1145 Piso 2-B
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Tel: 54-1-371-7021
OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES
AND CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES
YAMAHA DE PANAMA S. A.
Apartad Postal 8448
Zona 7 PANAMA
R.U.C. 1188-164-125656
Tel: 507-69-5311
EUROPE
THE UNITED KINGDOM
Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd.
Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,
MK7 8BL, England
Tel: 0908-366700
IRELAND
Danfay Ltd.
61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co.
Dublin
Tel: 01-2859177
GERMANY/SWITZERLAND
Yamaha Europa GmbH.
Siemensstraße 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of
Germany
Tel: 04101-3030
AUSTRIA/HUNGARY/SLOVENIA/
ROMANIA/BULGARIA
Yamaha Music Austria Ges m b H.
Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien Austria
Tel: 0222-60203900
INDONESIA
Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical, S.A.
Jorge Juan 30, 28001, Madrid, Spain
Tel: 91-577-7270
Yamaha Corporation of America,
Band and Orchestral Division
3445 East Paris Avenue, SE P.O. Box 899
Grand Raplds, M149512-0899, U.S.A.
Tel: 616-940-4900
MEXICO
Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana
o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.
Philippe Nakas S.A.
Navarinou Street 13, P.Code 10680, Athens, Greece
Tel: 01-364-7111
Yamaha Scandinavia AB
J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1
Box 30053, 400 43 Göteborg, Sweden
Tel: 031-496090
Yamaha Musique France,
Division Instruments Electroniques et de Scène
BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2, France
Tel: 01-64-61-4000
ITALY
KOREA
Cosmos Corporation
#131-31, Neung-Dong, Sung Dong-ku, Seoul
Korea
Tel: 02-466-0021-5
MALAYSIA
Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
LOT 8. JALAN PERBANDARAN SS6
47301 PETALING JAYA
SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN
MALAYSIA
Tel: 3-703-0900
PHILIPPINES
DENMARK
YS Copenhagen Liaison Office
Finsensvej 86, DK-2000 Frederiksberg, Denmark
Tel: 31-87 30 88
FINLAND
Yupangco Music Corporation
339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,
Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines
Tel: 819-7551
SINGAPORE
Fazer Music Inc.
Aleksanterinkatu 11,
SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: 0435 011
Yamaha Music (Asia) Pte., Ltd.
80 Tannery Lane
Singapore 1334
Singapore
Tel: 747-4374
NORWAY
Narud Yamaha AS
Østemdalen 29, 1345 Østerås, Norway
Tel: 67 14 47 90
TAIWAN
Kung Hsue She Trading Co., Ltd.
No. 322, Section 1, Fu Hsing S. Road,
Taipei 106, Taiwan. R.O.C.
Tel: 02-709-1266
ICELAND
Skifan H.F.
Skifunni 17 Reykjavik, Iceland
Tel: 525 5000
THAILAND
OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES
Yamaha Europa GmbH.
Siemensstraße 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of
Germany
Tel: 04101-3030
SIAM MUSIC YAMAHA CO., LTD.
RS TOWER
17TH FL. 121/60-61 Rachadaphisek Rd.,
Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320
THAILAND
Tel: 2-641-2951
THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES
AFRICA
Yamaha Corporation,
International Marketing Division
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430
Tel: 053-460-2314
Yamaha Corporation,
International Marketing Division
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430
Tel: 053-460-2314
OCEANIA
MIDDLE EAST
AUSTRALIA
TURKEY/CYPRUS
Yamaha Musique France, Division Export
BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2, France
Tel: 01-64-61-4000
OTHER COUNTRIES
Yamaha Corporation,
International Marketing Division
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430
Tel: 053-460-2314
ASIA
FRANCE
PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor)
PT. Nusantik
Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot
Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia
Tel: 21-520-2577
HONG KONG
Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.
11th Floor, Tower 1, Silvercord,
30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: 730-1098
Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A.,
Combo Division
Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy
Tel: 02-935-771
HEAD OFFICE
Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.
17-33 Market Street, South Melbourne, Vic. 3205,
Australia
Tel: 3-699-2388
NEW ZEALAND
MUSIC HOUSES OF (N.Z.) LTD.
NEW P.O.BOX. NO. 6246
WELLESLEY ST.
NEW ZEALAND
146/148 Captain Springs Rd. Auckland
Tel: 9-634-0099
COUNTRIES AND TRUST
TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN
Yamaha Corporation,
International Marketing Division
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430
Tel: 053-460-2314
Yamaha Corporation
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430
Tel: 053-460-2445
YAMAHA DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX VERSION2.0 OWNER’S MANUAL
D
T
M
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Copy, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Page Count : 174 Page Mode : UseNone Page Layout : SinglePage XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6 About : uuid:0647e04f-3e17-40b5-b618-aa8dea95c14a Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Macintosh Create Date : 2002:02:20 21:46:44Z Modify Date : 2003:07:29 21:38:29+09:00 Metadata Date : 2003:07:29 21:38:29+09:00 Creator Tool : Adobe PageMaker 6.53 Document ID : uuid:71596f35-5505-4a12-aaf8-ca61bfd87c4e Format : application/pdf Creator : YAMAHA CORPORATION Title : DTX V2 Author : YAMAHA CORPORATIONEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools